]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
DJGPP specific file.
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you have the new `shorttitlepage' command
16 @c @clear shorttitlepage-enabled
17 @c @set shorttitlepage-enabled
18
19 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
20 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
21 @c @set defaultprec
22
23 @c ISPELL CHECK: done, 14 Jan 1993 --bob
24
25 @c Check COPYRIGHT dates. should be updated in the titlepage, ifinfo
26 @c titlepage; should NOT be changed in the GPL. --mew
27
28 @c FIXME: I don't understand this `iftex'. Obsolete? --akim.
29 @iftex
30 @syncodeindex fn cp
31 @syncodeindex vr cp
32 @syncodeindex tp cp
33 @end iftex
34 @ifinfo
35 @synindex fn cp
36 @synindex vr cp
37 @synindex tp cp
38 @end ifinfo
39 @comment %**end of header
40
41 @copying
42
43 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
44 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
45
46 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
47 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
48
49 @quotation
50 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
51 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
52 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
53 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
54 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
55 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
56 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
57
58 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
59 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
60 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
61 @acronym{GNU} development.''
62 @end quotation
63 @end copying
64
65 @dircategory Software development
66 @direntry
67 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
68 @end direntry
69
70 @ifset shorttitlepage-enabled
71 @shorttitlepage Bison
72 @end ifset
73 @titlepage
74 @title Bison
75 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
76 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
77
78 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
79
80 @page
81 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
82 @insertcopying
83 @sp 2
84 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
85 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
86 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
87 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
88 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
89 @sp 2
90 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
91 @end titlepage
92
93 @contents
94
95 @ifnottex
96 @node Top
97 @top Bison
98 @insertcopying
99 @end ifnottex
100
101 @menu
102 * Introduction::
103 * Conditions::
104 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
105 how you can copy and share Bison
106
107 Tutorial sections:
108 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
109 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
110
111 Reference sections:
112 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
113 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
114 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
115 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
116 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
117 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
118 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
119 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
120 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
121 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
122 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
123 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
124 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
125 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
126
127 @detailmenu
128 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
129
130 The Concepts of Bison
131
132 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
133 as mathematical ideas.
134 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
135 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
136 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
137 the name of an identifier, etc.).
138 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
139 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
140 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
141 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
142 how is the output used?
143 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
144 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
145
146 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
147
148 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars
149 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities
150 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler
151
152 Examples
153
154 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
155 a first example with no operator precedence.
156 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
157 Operator precedence is introduced.
158 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
159 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
160 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
161 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
162 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
163
164 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
165
166 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
167 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
168 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
169 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
170 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
171 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
172 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
173
174 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
175
176 * Rpcalc Input::
177 * Rpcalc Line::
178 * Rpcalc Expr::
179
180 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
181
182 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
183 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
184 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
185
186 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
187
188 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
189 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
190 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
191
192 Bison Grammar Files
193
194 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
195 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
196 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
197 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
198 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
199 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
200 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
201 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
202
203 Outline of a Bison Grammar
204
205 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
206 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
207 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
208 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
209
210 Defining Language Semantics
211
212 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
213 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
214 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
215 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
216 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
217 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
218 action in the middle of a rule.
219
220 Tracking Locations
221
222 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
223 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
224 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
225
226 Bison Declarations
227
228 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
229 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
230 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
231 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
232 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
233 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
234 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
235 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
236 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
237 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
238 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
239
240 Parser C-Language Interface
241
242 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
243 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
244 which reads tokens.
245 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
246 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
247 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
248 native language.
249
250 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
251
252 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
253 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
254 of the token it has read.
255 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
256 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
257 actions want that.
258 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
259 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
260
261 The Bison Parser Algorithm
262
263 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
264 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
265 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
266 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
267 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
268 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
269 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
270 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
271 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
272
273 Operator Precedence
274
275 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
276 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
277 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
278 * How Precedence:: How they work.
279
280 Handling Context Dependencies
281
282 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
283 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
284 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
285 error recovery rules must be written.
286
287 Debugging Your Parser
288
289 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
290 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
291
292 Invoking Bison
293
294 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
295 in alphabetical order by short options.
296 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
297 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
298
299 C++ Language Interface
300
301 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
302 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
303
304 C++ Parsers
305
306 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
307 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
308 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
309 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
310 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
311
312 A Complete C++ Example
313
314 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
315 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
316 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
317 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
318 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
319
320 Frequently Asked Questions
321
322 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
323 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
324 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
325 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
326
327 Copying This Manual
328
329 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
330
331 @end detailmenu
332 @end menu
333
334 @node Introduction
335 @unnumbered Introduction
336 @cindex introduction
337
338 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts a
339 grammar description for an @acronym{LALR}(1) context-free grammar into a C
340 program to parse that grammar. Once you are proficient with Bison,
341 you may use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
342 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
343
344 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
345 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
346 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
347 C programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
348
349 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
350 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
351 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
352 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
353
354 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
355 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
356 multi-character string literals and other features.
357
358 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
359
360 @node Conditions
361 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
362
363 As of Bison version 1.24, we have changed the distribution terms for
364 @code{yyparse} to permit using Bison's output in nonfree programs when
365 Bison is generating C code for @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. Formerly, these
366 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
367
368 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
369 compiler, have never
370 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
371 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
372 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
373 License to all of the Bison source code.
374
375 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
376 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
377 @code{yyparse} function. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
378 into this function at one point, but the rest of the function is not
379 changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL} terms to the code for
380 @code{yyparse},
381 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
382
383 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
384 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
385 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
386 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
387 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
388 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
389
390 This exception applies only when Bison is generating C code for an
391 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser; otherwise, the @acronym{GPL} terms operate
392 as usual. You can
393 tell whether the exception applies to your @samp{.c} output file by
394 inspecting it to see whether it says ``As a special exception, when
395 this file is copied by Bison into a Bison output file, you may use
396 that output file without restriction.''
397
398 @include gpl.texi
399
400 @node Concepts
401 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
402
403 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
404 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
405 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
406
407 @menu
408 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
409 as mathematical ideas.
410 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
411 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
412 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
413 the name of an identifier, etc.).
414 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
415 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
416 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
417 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
418 how is the output used?
419 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
420 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
421 @end menu
422
423 @node Language and Grammar
424 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
425
426 @cindex context-free grammar
427 @cindex grammar, context-free
428 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
429 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
430 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
431 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
432 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
433 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
434 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
435 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
436 recursion.
437
438 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
439 @cindex Backus-Naur form
440 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
441 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
442 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
443 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
444 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
445
446 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
447 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
448 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
449 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
450 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
451 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
452 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
453 token of look-ahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
454 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
455 restrictions that are
456 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
457 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
458 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
459 more information on this.
460
461 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
462 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
463 @cindex ambiguous grammars
464 @cindex non-deterministic parsing
465
466 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
467 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
468 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
469 (called a @dfn{look-ahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
470 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
471 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
472 grammars can be @dfn{non-deterministic}, meaning that no fixed
473 look-ahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
474 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
475 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
476 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
477 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
478 possible parses of any given string is finite.
479
480 @cindex symbols (abstract)
481 @cindex token
482 @cindex syntactic grouping
483 @cindex grouping, syntactic
484 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
485 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
486 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
487 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
488 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
489 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
490 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
491
492 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
493 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
494 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
495 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
496 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
497 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
498 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
499 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
500 lexicography, not grammar.)
501
502 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
503
504 @ifinfo
505 @example
506 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
507 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
508 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
509 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
510 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,
511 identifier, semicolon} */
512 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
513 @end example
514 @end ifinfo
515 @ifnotinfo
516 @example
517 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
518 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
519 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
520 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
521 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
522 @end example
523 @end ifnotinfo
524
525 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
526 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
527 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
528 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
529 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
530 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
531 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
532 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
533
534 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
535 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
536 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
537 reads informally as follows:
538
539 @quotation
540 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
541 `semicolon'.
542 @end quotation
543
544 @noindent
545 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
546 statement in C.
547
548 @cindex start symbol
549 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
550 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
551 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
552 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
553 plays this role.
554
555 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
556 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
557 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
558 not the start symbol.
559
560 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
561 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
562 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
563 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
564 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
565 reports a syntax error.
566
567 @node Grammar in Bison
568 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
569 @cindex Bison grammar
570 @cindex grammar, Bison
571 @cindex formal grammar
572
573 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
574 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
575 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
576
577 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
578 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
579 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
580
581 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
582 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
583 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
584 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
585 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
586 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
587 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
588 @xref{Symbols}.
589
590 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
591 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
592 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
593 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
594
595 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
596 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
597
598 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
599 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
600 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
601 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
602 used in every rule.
603
604 @example
605 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
606 ;
607 @end example
608
609 @noindent
610 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
611
612 @node Semantic Values
613 @section Semantic Values
614 @cindex semantic value
615 @cindex value, semantic
616
617 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
618 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
619 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
620 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
621 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
622 grammatical.
623
624 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
625 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
626 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
627 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
628 ,Defining Language Semantics},
629 for details.
630
631 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
632 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
633 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
634 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
635 except their types.
636
637 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
638 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
639 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
640 need to have any semantic value.)
641
642 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
643 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
644 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
645 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
646 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
647 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
648
649 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
650 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
651 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
652 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
653 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
654
655 @node Semantic Actions
656 @section Semantic Actions
657 @cindex semantic actions
658 @cindex actions, semantic
659
660 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
661 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
662 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
663 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
664 @xref{Actions}.
665
666 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
667 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
668 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
669 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
670 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
671 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
672 newly recognized larger expression.
673
674 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
675 two subexpressions:
676
677 @example
678 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
679 ;
680 @end example
681
682 @noindent
683 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
684 from the values of the two subexpressions.
685
686 @node GLR Parsers
687 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
688 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
689 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
690 @findex %glr-parser
691 @cindex conflicts
692 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
693 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
694
695 In some grammars, Bison's standard
696 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
697 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
698 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
699 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
700 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
701 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
702 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
703 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
704
705 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
706 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
707 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
708 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
709 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
710 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
711 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
712 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
713 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
714 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
715 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
716 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
717 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
718 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
719 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
720 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
721 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
722 identical set of symbols.
723
724 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
725 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
726 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
727 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
728 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
729 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
730 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
731 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
732 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
733 merged result.
734
735 @menu
736 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars
737 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities
738 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler
739 @end menu
740
741 @node Simple GLR Parsers
742 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
743 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
744 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
745 @findex %glr-parser
746 @findex %expect-rr
747 @cindex conflicts
748 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
749 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
750
751 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
752 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
753 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of look-ahead,
754 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
755 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
756 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
757
758 Consider a problem that
759 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
760 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
761
762 @example
763 type subrange = lo .. hi;
764 type enum = (a, b, c);
765 @end example
766
767 @noindent
768 The original language standard allows only numeric
769 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
770 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
771 10206) and many other
772 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
773 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
774 parentheses:
775
776 @example
777 type subrange = (a) .. b;
778 @end example
779
780 @noindent
781 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
782 type with only one value:
783
784 @example
785 type enum = (a);
786 @end example
787
788 @noindent
789 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
790 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
791
792 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
793 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token look-ahead it is not
794 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
795 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
796 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
797 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
798 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
799 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
800
801 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
802 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
803 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
804 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
805 expressions.
806
807 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
808 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
809 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
810 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
811 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
812 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
813 work.
814
815 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
816 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
817 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
818 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
819 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
820 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
821 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
822 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
823 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
824 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
825 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
826
827 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
828 reports a syntax error as usual.
829
830 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
831 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
832 look-ahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
833 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
834 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
835
836 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
837 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
838 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
839 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
840 The present example contains only one conflict between two
841 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
842 cannot be nested. So the number of
843 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
844 and the parsing time is still linear.
845
846 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
847 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
848
849 @example
850 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
851
852 @group
853 %left '+' '-'
854 %left '*' '/'
855 @end group
856
857 %%
858
859 @group
860 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
861 ;
862 @end group
863
864 @group
865 type : '(' id_list ')'
866 | expr DOTDOT expr
867 ;
868 @end group
869
870 @group
871 id_list : ID
872 | id_list ',' ID
873 ;
874 @end group
875
876 @group
877 expr : '(' expr ')'
878 | expr '+' expr
879 | expr '-' expr
880 | expr '*' expr
881 | expr '/' expr
882 | ID
883 ;
884 @end group
885 @end example
886
887 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
888 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
889 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
890 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
891 recognized:
892
893 @example
894 type t = (a) .. b;
895 @end example
896
897 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
898 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
899 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
900 @samp{%%}):
901
902 @example
903 %glr-parser
904 %expect-rr 1
905 @end example
906
907 @noindent
908 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
909 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
910 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
911 notice when the parser splits.
912
913 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR}, almost
914 without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however, there
915 are at least two potential problems to beware.
916 First, always analyze the conflicts reported by
917 Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR} splitting is only done where it is
918 intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser splitting inadvertently may cause
919 problems less obvious than an @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the
920 wrong alternative in a conflict.
921 Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic Tokens})
922 with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens
923 without performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot
924 obtain information via parser actions. Some cases of
925 lexer interactions can be eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to
926 shift the complications from the lexer to the parser. You must check
927 the remaining cases for correctness.
928
929 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens
930 based on their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new
931 symbols are defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it
932 is possible for a parser to define the enumeration
933 constants as they are parsed, before the type declaration is
934 completed, it actually makes no difference since they cannot be used
935 within the same enumerated type declaration.
936
937 @node Merging GLR Parses
938 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
939 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
940 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
941 @findex %dprec
942 @findex %merge
943 @cindex conflicts
944 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
945
946 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
947
948 @example
949 %@{
950 #include <stdio.h>
951 #define YYSTYPE char const *
952 int yylex (void);
953 void yyerror (char const *);
954 %@}
955
956 %token TYPENAME ID
957
958 %right '='
959 %left '+'
960
961 %glr-parser
962
963 %%
964
965 prog :
966 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
967 ;
968
969 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
970 | decl %dprec 2
971 ;
972
973 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
974 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
975 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
976 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
977 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
978 ;
979
980 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
981 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
982 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
983 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
984 ;
985
986 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
987 | '(' declarator ')'
988 ;
989 @end example
990
991 @noindent
992 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
993 certain declarations and statements. For example,
994
995 @example
996 T (x) = y+z;
997 @end example
998
999 @noindent
1000 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
1001 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
1002 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
1003 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
1004 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
1005 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1006 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1007 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1008 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1009 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1010 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1011 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1012 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1013 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1014
1015 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1016 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1017 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1018 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1019 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1020 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1021 The parser therefore prints
1022
1023 @example
1024 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1025 @end example
1026
1027 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1028 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1029
1030 @example
1031 T (x) + y;
1032 @end example
1033
1034 @noindent
1035 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1036 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1037 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1038 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1039 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1040 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1041 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1042 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1043 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1044 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1045
1046 @example
1047 x T <cast> y +
1048 @end example
1049
1050 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1051 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1052 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1053 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1054 follows:
1055
1056 @example
1057 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1058 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1059 ;
1060 @end example
1061
1062 @noindent
1063 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1064
1065 @example
1066 static YYSTYPE
1067 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1068 @{
1069 printf ("<OR> ");
1070 return "";
1071 @}
1072 @end example
1073
1074 @noindent
1075 with an accompanying forward declaration
1076 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1077
1078 @example
1079 %@{
1080 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1081 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1082 %@}
1083 @end example
1084
1085 @noindent
1086 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1087 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1088
1089 @example
1090 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1091 @end example
1092
1093 Bison requires that all of the
1094 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1095 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1096 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1097 the offending merge.
1098
1099 @node Compiler Requirements
1100 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1101 @cindex @code{inline}
1102 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1103
1104 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1105 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1106 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1107 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1108 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1109 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1110
1111 @example
1112 %@{
1113 #include <config.h>
1114 %@}
1115 @end example
1116
1117 @noindent
1118 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1119
1120 @example
1121 %@{
1122 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1123 #define inline
1124 #endif
1125 %@}
1126 @end example
1127
1128 @node Locations Overview
1129 @section Locations
1130 @cindex location
1131 @cindex textual location
1132 @cindex location, textual
1133
1134 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1135 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1136 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1137 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1138
1139 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1140 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1141 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1142 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1143
1144 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1145 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1146 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1147 @code{@@3}.
1148
1149 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1150 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1151 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1152 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1153 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1154 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1155 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1156
1157 @node Bison Parser
1158 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1159 @cindex Bison parser
1160 @cindex Bison utility
1161 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1162 @cindex parser
1163
1164 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1165 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1166 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1167 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1168 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1169 program.
1170
1171 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1172 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1173 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1174 uses.
1175
1176 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1177 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1178 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1179 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1180 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1181 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1182 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1183
1184 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1185 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1186 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1187 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1188 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1189 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1190 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1191 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1192
1193 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1194 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1195 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1196 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1197 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1198 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1199 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1200 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1201 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1202 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1203 meanings.
1204
1205 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1206 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1207 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1208 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1209 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1210 included if message translation is in use
1211 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1212 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1213 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1214
1215 @node Stages
1216 @section Stages in Using Bison
1217 @cindex stages in using Bison
1218 @cindex using Bison
1219
1220 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1221 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1222
1223 @enumerate
1224 @item
1225 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1226 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1227 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1228 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1229 sequence of C statements.
1230
1231 @item
1232 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1233 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1234 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1235 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1236
1237 @item
1238 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1239
1240 @item
1241 Write error-reporting routines.
1242 @end enumerate
1243
1244 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1245 must follow these steps:
1246
1247 @enumerate
1248 @item
1249 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1250
1251 @item
1252 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1253
1254 @item
1255 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1256 @end enumerate
1257
1258 @node Grammar Layout
1259 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1260 @cindex grammar file
1261 @cindex file format
1262 @cindex format of grammar file
1263 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1264
1265 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1266 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1267
1268 @example
1269 %@{
1270 @var{Prologue}
1271 %@}
1272
1273 @var{Bison declarations}
1274
1275 %%
1276 @var{Grammar rules}
1277 %%
1278 @var{Epilogue}
1279 @end example
1280
1281 @noindent
1282 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1283 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1284
1285 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1286 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1287 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1288 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1289 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1290 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1291
1292 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1293 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1294 semantic values of various symbols.
1295
1296 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1297 parts.
1298
1299 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1300 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1301 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1302
1303 @node Examples
1304 @chapter Examples
1305 @cindex simple examples
1306 @cindex examples, simple
1307
1308 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1309 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1310 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1311 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1312 desk-top calculator.
1313
1314 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1315 languages are written the same way.
1316 @ifinfo
1317 You can copy these examples out of the Info file and into a source file
1318 to try them.
1319 @end ifinfo
1320
1321 @menu
1322 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1323 a first example with no operator precedence.
1324 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1325 Operator precedence is introduced.
1326 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1327 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1328 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1329 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1330 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1331 @end menu
1332
1333 @node RPN Calc
1334 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1335 @cindex reverse polish notation
1336 @cindex polish notation calculator
1337 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1338 @cindex calculator, simple
1339
1340 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1341 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1342 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1343 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1344
1345 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1346 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1347
1348 @menu
1349 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1350 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1351 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1352 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1353 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1354 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1355 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1356 @end menu
1357
1358 @node Rpcalc Decls
1359 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1360
1361 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1362 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1363
1364 @example
1365 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1366
1367 %@{
1368 #define YYSTYPE double
1369 #include <math.h>
1370 int yylex (void);
1371 void yyerror (char const *);
1372 %@}
1373
1374 %token NUM
1375
1376 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1377 @end example
1378
1379 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1380 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1381
1382 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1383 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1384 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1385 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1386 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1387 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1388 which is a floating point number.
1389
1390 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1391 function @code{pow}.
1392
1393 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1394 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1395 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1396 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1397 prologue.
1398
1399 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1400 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1401 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1402 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1403 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1404 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1405 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1406 type for numeric constants.
1407
1408 @node Rpcalc Rules
1409 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1410
1411 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1412
1413 @example
1414 input: /* empty */
1415 | input line
1416 ;
1417
1418 line: '\n'
1419 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1420 ;
1421
1422 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1423 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1424 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1425 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1426 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1427 /* Exponentiation */
1428 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1429 /* Unary minus */
1430 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1431 ;
1432 %%
1433 @end example
1434
1435 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1436 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1437 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1438 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the @samp{|} punctuator
1439 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1440 mean.
1441
1442 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1443 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1444 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1445
1446 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1447 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1448 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1449 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1450 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1451 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1452
1453 @menu
1454 * Rpcalc Input::
1455 * Rpcalc Line::
1456 * Rpcalc Expr::
1457 @end menu
1458
1459 @node Rpcalc Input
1460 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1461
1462 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1463
1464 @example
1465 input: /* empty */
1466 | input line
1467 ;
1468 @end example
1469
1470 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1471 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1472 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1473 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1474 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1475
1476 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1477 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1478 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1479 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1480 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1481 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1482
1483 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1484 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1485 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1486 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1487 more times.
1488
1489 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1490 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1491 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1492
1493 @node Rpcalc Line
1494 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1495
1496 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1497
1498 @example
1499 line: '\n'
1500 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1501 ;
1502 @end example
1503
1504 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1505 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1506 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1507 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1508 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1509 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1510 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1511
1512 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1513 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1514 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1515 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1516 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1517
1518 @node Rpcalc Expr
1519 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1520
1521 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1522 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1523 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1524 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1525
1526 @example
1527 exp: NUM
1528 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1529 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1530 @dots{}
1531 ;
1532 @end example
1533
1534 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1535 equally well have written them separately:
1536
1537 @example
1538 exp: NUM ;
1539 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1540 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1541 @dots{}
1542 @end example
1543
1544 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1545 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1546 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1547 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1548 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1549 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1550 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1551 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1552
1553 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1554 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1555 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1556
1557 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1558 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1559 For example, this:
1560
1561 @example
1562 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1563 @end example
1564
1565 @noindent
1566 means the same thing as this:
1567
1568 @example
1569 exp: NUM
1570 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1571 | @dots{}
1572 ;
1573 @end example
1574
1575 @noindent
1576 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1577
1578 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1579 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1580 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1581 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1582
1583 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1584 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1585 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1586 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1587
1588 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1589 calculator. This
1590 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1591 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1592 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1593 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1594
1595 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1596 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1597 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1598 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1599 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1600 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1601 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1602 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1603 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1604
1605 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1606 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1607 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1608 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1609 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1610
1611 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1612 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1613
1614 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1615
1616 @example
1617 @group
1618 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1619 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1620 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1621 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1622
1623 #include <ctype.h>
1624 @end group
1625
1626 @group
1627 int
1628 yylex (void)
1629 @{
1630 int c;
1631
1632 /* Skip white space. */
1633 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1634 ;
1635 @end group
1636 @group
1637 /* Process numbers. */
1638 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1639 @{
1640 ungetc (c, stdin);
1641 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1642 return NUM;
1643 @}
1644 @end group
1645 @group
1646 /* Return end-of-input. */
1647 if (c == EOF)
1648 return 0;
1649 /* Return a single char. */
1650 return c;
1651 @}
1652 @end group
1653 @end example
1654
1655 @node Rpcalc Main
1656 @subsection The Controlling Function
1657 @cindex controlling function
1658 @cindex main function in simple example
1659
1660 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1661 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1662 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1663
1664 @example
1665 @group
1666 int
1667 main (void)
1668 @{
1669 return yyparse ();
1670 @}
1671 @end group
1672 @end example
1673
1674 @node Rpcalc Error
1675 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1676 @cindex error reporting routine
1677
1678 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1679 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1680 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1681 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1682 here is the definition we will use:
1683
1684 @example
1685 @group
1686 #include <stdio.h>
1687
1688 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1689 void
1690 yyerror (char const *s)
1691 @{
1692 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1693 @}
1694 @end group
1695 @end example
1696
1697 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1698 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1699 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1700 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1701 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1702 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1703
1704 @node Rpcalc Gen
1705 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1706 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1707
1708 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1709 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1710 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1711 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1712 end, in the epilogue of the file
1713 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1714
1715 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1716 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1717
1718 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1719 convert it into a parser file:
1720
1721 @example
1722 bison @var{file}.y
1723 @end example
1724
1725 @noindent
1726 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1727 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1728 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1729 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1730 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1731 are copied verbatim to the output.
1732
1733 @node Rpcalc Compile
1734 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1735 @cindex compiling the parser
1736
1737 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1738
1739 @example
1740 @group
1741 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1742 $ @kbd{ls}
1743 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1744 @end group
1745
1746 @group
1747 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1748 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1749 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1750 @end group
1751
1752 @group
1753 # @r{List files again.}
1754 $ @kbd{ls}
1755 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1756 @end group
1757 @end example
1758
1759 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1760 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1761
1762 @example
1763 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1764 @kbd{4 9 +}
1765 13
1766 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1767 -13
1768 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1769 13
1770 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1771 -3.166666667
1772 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1773 81
1774 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1775 $
1776 @end example
1777
1778 @node Infix Calc
1779 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1780 @cindex infix notation calculator
1781 @cindex @code{calc}
1782 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1783
1784 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1785 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1786 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1787 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1788
1789 @example
1790 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1791
1792 %@{
1793 #define YYSTYPE double
1794 #include <math.h>
1795 #include <stdio.h>
1796 int yylex (void);
1797 void yyerror (char const *);
1798 %@}
1799
1800 /* Bison declarations. */
1801 %token NUM
1802 %left '-' '+'
1803 %left '*' '/'
1804 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1805 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1806
1807 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1808 input: /* empty */
1809 | input line
1810 ;
1811
1812 line: '\n'
1813 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1814 ;
1815
1816 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1817 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1818 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1819 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1820 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1821 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1822 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1823 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1824 ;
1825 %%
1826 @end example
1827
1828 @noindent
1829 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1830 same as before.
1831
1832 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1833
1834 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1835 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1836 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1837 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1838 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1839 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1840 the associativity.)
1841
1842 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1843 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1844 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1845 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1846 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1847 Precedence}.
1848
1849 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1850 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1851 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1852 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1853 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1854
1855 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1856
1857 @need 500
1858 @example
1859 $ @kbd{calc}
1860 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1861 6.880952381
1862 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1863 -54
1864 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1865 9
1866 @end example
1867
1868 @node Simple Error Recovery
1869 @section Simple Error Recovery
1870 @cindex error recovery, simple
1871
1872 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1873 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1874 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1875 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1876 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1877 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1878
1879 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1880 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1881 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1882
1883 @example
1884 @group
1885 line: '\n'
1886 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1887 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1888 ;
1889 @end group
1890 @end example
1891
1892 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1893 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1894 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1895 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1896 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1897 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1898 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1899 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1900 misprint.
1901
1902 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1903 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1904 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1905 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1906 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1907 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1908 Bison programs.
1909
1910 @node Location Tracking Calc
1911 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1912 @cindex location tracking calculator
1913 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1914 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1915
1916 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1917 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1918 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1919 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1920 analyzer.
1921
1922 @menu
1923 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1924 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1925 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1926 @end menu
1927
1928 @node Ltcalc Decls
1929 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1930
1931 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1932 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1933
1934 @example
1935 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1936
1937 %@{
1938 #define YYSTYPE int
1939 #include <math.h>
1940 int yylex (void);
1941 void yyerror (char const *);
1942 %@}
1943
1944 /* Bison declarations. */
1945 %token NUM
1946
1947 %left '-' '+'
1948 %left '*' '/'
1949 %left NEG
1950 %right '^'
1951
1952 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1953 @end example
1954
1955 @noindent
1956 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
1957 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
1958 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
1959 four member structure with the following integer fields:
1960 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
1961 @code{last_column}.
1962
1963 @node Ltcalc Rules
1964 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
1965
1966 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
1967 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
1968 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
1969 from the new information.
1970
1971 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
1972 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
1973
1974 @example
1975 @group
1976 input : /* empty */
1977 | input line
1978 ;
1979 @end group
1980
1981 @group
1982 line : '\n'
1983 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
1984 ;
1985 @end group
1986
1987 @group
1988 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1989 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1990 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1991 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1992 @end group
1993 @group
1994 | exp '/' exp
1995 @{
1996 if ($3)
1997 $$ = $1 / $3;
1998 else
1999 @{
2000 $$ = 1;
2001 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2002 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2003 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2004 @}
2005 @}
2006 @end group
2007 @group
2008 | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2009 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2010 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2011 @end group
2012 @end example
2013
2014 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2015 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2016 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2017
2018 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2019 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2020 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2021 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2022 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2023 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2024 hand.
2025
2026 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2027 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2028
2029 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2030 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2031 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2032 semantic values.
2033
2034 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2035 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2036
2037 @example
2038 @group
2039 int
2040 yylex (void)
2041 @{
2042 int c;
2043 @end group
2044
2045 @group
2046 /* Skip white space. */
2047 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2048 ++yylloc.last_column;
2049 @end group
2050
2051 @group
2052 /* Step. */
2053 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2054 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2055 @end group
2056
2057 @group
2058 /* Process numbers. */
2059 if (isdigit (c))
2060 @{
2061 yylval = c - '0';
2062 ++yylloc.last_column;
2063 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2064 @{
2065 ++yylloc.last_column;
2066 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2067 @}
2068 ungetc (c, stdin);
2069 return NUM;
2070 @}
2071 @end group
2072
2073 /* Return end-of-input. */
2074 if (c == EOF)
2075 return 0;
2076
2077 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2078 if (c == '\n')
2079 @{
2080 ++yylloc.last_line;
2081 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2082 @}
2083 else
2084 ++yylloc.last_column;
2085 return c;
2086 @}
2087 @end example
2088
2089 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2090 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2091 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2092 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2093
2094 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2095 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2096 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2097 controlling function:
2098
2099 @example
2100 @group
2101 int
2102 main (void)
2103 @{
2104 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2105 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2106 return yyparse ();
2107 @}
2108 @end group
2109 @end example
2110
2111 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2112 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2113 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2114
2115 @node Multi-function Calc
2116 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2117 @cindex multi-function calculator
2118 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2119 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2120
2121 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2122 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2123 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2124 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2125 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2126
2127 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2128 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2129 back all nonnumber characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2130 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2131 functions whose syntax has this form:
2132
2133 @example
2134 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2135 @end example
2136
2137 @noindent
2138 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2139 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2140 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2141
2142 @example
2143 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2144 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2145 3.1415926536
2146 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2147 0.0000000000
2148 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2149 2.3000000000
2150 @kbd{alpha}
2151 2.3000000000
2152 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2153 0.8329091229
2154 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2155 2.3000000000
2156 $
2157 @end example
2158
2159 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2160
2161 @menu
2162 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2163 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2164 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2165 @end menu
2166
2167 @node Mfcalc Decl
2168 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2169
2170 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2171
2172 @smallexample
2173 @group
2174 %@{
2175 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2176 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2177 int yylex (void);
2178 void yyerror (char const *);
2179 %@}
2180 @end group
2181 @group
2182 %union @{
2183 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2184 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2185 @}
2186 @end group
2187 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2188 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2189 %type <val> exp
2190
2191 @group
2192 %right '='
2193 %left '-' '+'
2194 %left '*' '/'
2195 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2196 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2197 @end group
2198 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2199 @end smallexample
2200
2201 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2202 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2203 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2204
2205 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2206 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2207 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2208 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2209
2210 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2211 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2212 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2213 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2214 between angle brackets).
2215
2216 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2217 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2218 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2219 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2220 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2221 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2222
2223 @node Mfcalc Rules
2224 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2225
2226 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2227 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2228 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2229
2230 @smallexample
2231 @group
2232 input: /* empty */
2233 | input line
2234 ;
2235 @end group
2236
2237 @group
2238 line:
2239 '\n'
2240 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2241 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2242 ;
2243 @end group
2244
2245 @group
2246 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2247 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2248 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2249 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2250 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2251 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2252 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2253 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2254 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2255 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2256 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2257 ;
2258 @end group
2259 /* End of grammar. */
2260 %%
2261 @end smallexample
2262
2263 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2264 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2265 @cindex symbol table example
2266
2267 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2268 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2269 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2270 requires some additional C functions for support.
2271
2272 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2273 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2274 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2275
2276 @smallexample
2277 @group
2278 /* Function type. */
2279 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2280 @end group
2281
2282 @group
2283 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2284 struct symrec
2285 @{
2286 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2287 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2288 union
2289 @{
2290 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2291 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2292 @} value;
2293 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2294 @};
2295 @end group
2296
2297 @group
2298 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2299
2300 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2301 extern symrec *sym_table;
2302
2303 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2304 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2305 @end group
2306 @end smallexample
2307
2308 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2309 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2310 @code{init_table} as well:
2311
2312 @smallexample
2313 #include <stdio.h>
2314
2315 @group
2316 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2317 void
2318 yyerror (char const *s)
2319 @{
2320 printf ("%s\n", s);
2321 @}
2322 @end group
2323
2324 @group
2325 struct init
2326 @{
2327 char const *fname;
2328 double (*fnct) (double);
2329 @};
2330 @end group
2331
2332 @group
2333 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2334 @{
2335 "sin", sin,
2336 "cos", cos,
2337 "atan", atan,
2338 "ln", log,
2339 "exp", exp,
2340 "sqrt", sqrt,
2341 0, 0
2342 @};
2343 @end group
2344
2345 @group
2346 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2347 symrec *sym_table;
2348 @end group
2349
2350 @group
2351 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2352 void
2353 init_table (void)
2354 @{
2355 int i;
2356 symrec *ptr;
2357 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2358 @{
2359 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2360 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2361 @}
2362 @}
2363 @end group
2364
2365 @group
2366 int
2367 main (void)
2368 @{
2369 init_table ();
2370 return yyparse ();
2371 @}
2372 @end group
2373 @end smallexample
2374
2375 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2376 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2377
2378 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2379 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2380 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2381 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2382 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2383 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2384
2385 @smallexample
2386 symrec *
2387 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2388 @{
2389 symrec *ptr;
2390 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2391 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2392 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2393 ptr->type = sym_type;
2394 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2395 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2396 sym_table = ptr;
2397 return ptr;
2398 @}
2399
2400 symrec *
2401 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2402 @{
2403 symrec *ptr;
2404 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2405 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2406 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2407 return ptr;
2408 return 0;
2409 @}
2410 @end smallexample
2411
2412 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2413 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2414 characters with a leading non-digit are recognized as either variables or
2415 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2416
2417 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2418 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2419 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2420 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2421 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2422 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2423
2424 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2425 operators in @code{yylex}.
2426
2427 @smallexample
2428 @group
2429 #include <ctype.h>
2430 @end group
2431
2432 @group
2433 int
2434 yylex (void)
2435 @{
2436 int c;
2437
2438 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2439 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2440
2441 if (c == EOF)
2442 return 0;
2443 @end group
2444
2445 @group
2446 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2447 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2448 @{
2449 ungetc (c, stdin);
2450 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2451 return NUM;
2452 @}
2453 @end group
2454
2455 @group
2456 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2457 if (isalpha (c))
2458 @{
2459 symrec *s;
2460 static char *symbuf = 0;
2461 static int length = 0;
2462 int i;
2463 @end group
2464
2465 @group
2466 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2467 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2468 if (length == 0)
2469 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2470
2471 i = 0;
2472 do
2473 @end group
2474 @group
2475 @{
2476 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2477 if (i == length)
2478 @{
2479 length *= 2;
2480 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2481 @}
2482 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2483 symbuf[i++] = c;
2484 /* Get another character. */
2485 c = getchar ();
2486 @}
2487 @end group
2488 @group
2489 while (isalnum (c));
2490
2491 ungetc (c, stdin);
2492 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2493 @end group
2494
2495 @group
2496 s = getsym (symbuf);
2497 if (s == 0)
2498 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2499 yylval.tptr = s;
2500 return s->type;
2501 @}
2502
2503 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2504 return c;
2505 @}
2506 @end group
2507 @end smallexample
2508
2509 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2510 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2511 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2512
2513 @node Exercises
2514 @section Exercises
2515 @cindex exercises
2516
2517 @enumerate
2518 @item
2519 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2520
2521 @item
2522 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2523 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2524 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2525
2526 @item
2527 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2528 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2529 @end enumerate
2530
2531 @node Grammar File
2532 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2533
2534 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2535 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2536
2537 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2538 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2539
2540 @menu
2541 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2542 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2543 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2544 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2545 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2546 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2547 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2548 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2549 @end menu
2550
2551 @node Grammar Outline
2552 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2553
2554 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2555 appropriate delimiters:
2556
2557 @example
2558 %@{
2559 @var{Prologue}
2560 %@}
2561
2562 @var{Bison declarations}
2563
2564 %%
2565 @var{Grammar rules}
2566 %%
2567
2568 @var{Epilogue}
2569 @end example
2570
2571 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2572 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2573 continues until end of line.
2574
2575 @menu
2576 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2577 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2578 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2579 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2580 @end menu
2581
2582 @node Prologue
2583 @subsection The prologue
2584 @cindex declarations section
2585 @cindex Prologue
2586 @cindex declarations
2587
2588 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and
2589 declarations of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the
2590 grammar rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so
2591 that they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2592 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you don't
2593 need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}}
2594 delimiters that bracket this section.
2595
2596 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2597 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2598 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2599 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2600 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2601 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2602 @code{%union} declaration.
2603
2604 @smallexample
2605 %@{
2606 #include <stdio.h>
2607 #include "ptypes.h"
2608 %@}
2609
2610 %union @{
2611 long int n;
2612 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2613 @}
2614
2615 %@{
2616 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2617 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2618 %@}
2619
2620 @dots{}
2621 @end smallexample
2622
2623 @node Bison Declarations
2624 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2625 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2626 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2627
2628 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2629 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2630 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2631 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2632
2633 @node Grammar Rules
2634 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2635 @cindex grammar rules section
2636 @cindex rules section for grammar
2637
2638 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2639 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2640
2641 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2642 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2643 if it is the first thing in the file.
2644
2645 @node Epilogue
2646 @subsection The epilogue
2647 @cindex additional C code section
2648 @cindex epilogue
2649 @cindex C code, section for additional
2650
2651 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2652 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2653 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2654 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2655 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2656 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2657 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2658 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
2659 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
2660
2661 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
2662 from the grammar rules.
2663
2664 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose
2665 names start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a
2666 good idea to avoid using any such names (except those documented in this
2667 manual) in the epilogue of the grammar file.
2668
2669 @node Symbols
2670 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
2671 @cindex nonterminal symbol
2672 @cindex terminal symbol
2673 @cindex token type
2674 @cindex symbol
2675
2676 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
2677 of the language.
2678
2679 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
2680 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
2681 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
2682 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
2683 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has been
2684 read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use the
2685 symbol to stand for it.
2686
2687 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically equivalent
2688 groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules. By convention,
2689 it should be all lower case.
2690
2691 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
2692 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
2693
2694 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
2695
2696 @itemize @bullet
2697 @item
2698 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
2699 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
2700 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
2701 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
2702
2703 @item
2704 @cindex character token
2705 @cindex literal token
2706 @cindex single-character literal
2707 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
2708 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
2709 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
2710 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
2711 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
2712 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
2713 ,Operator Precedence}).
2714
2715 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
2716 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
2717 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
2718 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
2719 your program will confuse other readers.
2720
2721 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
2722 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
2723 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
2724 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
2725 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
2726 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
2727 allowed.
2728
2729 @item
2730 @cindex string token
2731 @cindex literal string token
2732 @cindex multicharacter literal
2733 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
2734 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
2735 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
2736 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
2737 (@pxref{Precedence}).
2738
2739 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
2740 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
2741 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
2742 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
2743 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
2744
2745 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
2746
2747 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
2748 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
2749 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
2750 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
2751 read your program will be confused.
2752
2753 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
2754 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
2755 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
2756 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
2757 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
2758 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
2759 @end itemize
2760
2761 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
2762 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
2763 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
2764
2765 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
2766 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
2767 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
2768 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
2769 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
2770 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
2771 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
2772 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
2773 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
2774 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
2775 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
2776 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
2777
2778 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
2779 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
2780 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
2781 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
2782 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2783
2784 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
2785 host, you must use only non-null character tokens taken from the basic
2786 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
2787 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
2788 characters in the following C-language string:
2789
2790 @example
2791 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
2792 @end example
2793
2794 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character
2795 set and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
2796 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting program
2797 in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
2798 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the
2799 tables generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
2800 character tokens. It is standard
2801 practice for software distributions to contain C source files that
2802 were generated by Bison in an @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on
2803 platforms that are incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those
2804 files before compiling them.
2805
2806 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
2807 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
2808 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
2809 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
2810 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
2811
2812 @node Rules
2813 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
2814 @cindex rule syntax
2815 @cindex grammar rule syntax
2816 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
2817
2818 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
2819
2820 @example
2821 @group
2822 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
2823 ;
2824 @end group
2825 @end example
2826
2827 @noindent
2828 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
2829 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
2830 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
2831
2832 For example,
2833
2834 @example
2835 @group
2836 exp: exp '+' exp
2837 ;
2838 @end group
2839 @end example
2840
2841 @noindent
2842 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
2843 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
2844
2845 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
2846 extra white space as you wish.
2847
2848 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
2849 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
2850
2851 @example
2852 @{@var{C statements}@}
2853 @end example
2854
2855 @noindent
2856 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
2857 @xref{Actions}.
2858
2859 @findex |
2860 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
2861 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
2862
2863 @ifinfo
2864 @example
2865 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2866 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2867 @dots{}
2868 ;
2869 @end example
2870 @end ifinfo
2871 @iftex
2872 @example
2873 @group
2874 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2875 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2876 @dots{}
2877 ;
2878 @end group
2879 @end example
2880 @end iftex
2881
2882 @noindent
2883 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
2884
2885 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
2886 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
2887 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
2888
2889 @example
2890 @group
2891 expseq: /* empty */
2892 | expseq1
2893 ;
2894 @end group
2895
2896 @group
2897 expseq1: exp
2898 | expseq1 ',' exp
2899 ;
2900 @end group
2901 @end example
2902
2903 @noindent
2904 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
2905 with no components.
2906
2907 @node Recursion
2908 @section Recursive Rules
2909 @cindex recursive rule
2910
2911 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal appears
2912 also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to use
2913 recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any number
2914 of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
2915 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
2916
2917 @example
2918 @group
2919 expseq1: exp
2920 | expseq1 ',' exp
2921 ;
2922 @end group
2923 @end example
2924
2925 @cindex left recursion
2926 @cindex right recursion
2927 @noindent
2928 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
2929 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
2930 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
2931
2932 @example
2933 @group
2934 expseq1: exp
2935 | exp ',' expseq1
2936 ;
2937 @end group
2938 @end example
2939
2940 @noindent
2941 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
2942 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
2943 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
2944 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
2945 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
2946 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
2947 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
2948 of this.
2949
2950 @cindex mutual recursion
2951 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
2952 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
2953 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
2954 side.
2955
2956 For example:
2957
2958 @example
2959 @group
2960 expr: primary
2961 | primary '+' primary
2962 ;
2963 @end group
2964
2965 @group
2966 primary: constant
2967 | '(' expr ')'
2968 ;
2969 @end group
2970 @end example
2971
2972 @noindent
2973 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
2974 other.
2975
2976 @node Semantics
2977 @section Defining Language Semantics
2978 @cindex defining language semantics
2979 @cindex language semantics, defining
2980
2981 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
2982 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
2983 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
2984
2985 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
2986 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
2987 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
2988 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
2989
2990 @menu
2991 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
2992 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
2993 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
2994 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
2995 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
2996 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
2997 action in the middle of a rule.
2998 @end menu
2999
3000 @node Value Type
3001 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3002 @cindex semantic value type
3003 @cindex value type, semantic
3004 @cindex data types of semantic values
3005 @cindex default data type
3006
3007 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3008 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3009 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3010 Notation Calculator}).
3011
3012 Bison's default is to use type @code{int} for all semantic values. To
3013 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3014
3015 @example
3016 #define YYSTYPE double
3017 @end example
3018
3019 @noindent
3020 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3021 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3022
3023 @node Multiple Types
3024 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3025
3026 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3027 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3028 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type @code{char *},
3029 and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the symbol table.
3030
3031 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3032 requires you to do two things:
3033
3034 @itemize @bullet
3035 @item
3036 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, with the
3037 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3038 Value Types}).
3039
3040 @item
3041 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3042 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3043 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3044 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3045 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3046 @end itemize
3047
3048 @node Actions
3049 @subsection Actions
3050 @cindex action
3051 @vindex $$
3052 @vindex $@var{n}
3053
3054 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3055 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3056 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3057 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3058
3059 An action consists of C statements surrounded by braces, much like a
3060 compound statement in C@. An action can contain any sequence of C
3061 statements. Bison does not look for trigraphs, though, so if your C
3062 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
3063 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, strings, or character
3064 literals.
3065
3066 An action can be placed at any position in the rule;
3067 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3068 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3069 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3070 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3071
3072 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3073 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3074 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3075 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3076 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3077 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3078 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3079
3080 Here is a typical example:
3081
3082 @example
3083 @group
3084 exp: @dots{}
3085 | exp '+' exp
3086 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3087 @end group
3088 @end example
3089
3090 @noindent
3091 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3092 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3093 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3094 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3095 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3096 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3097 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3098 referred to as @code{$2}.
3099
3100 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3101 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3102 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3103 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3104 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3105
3106 @example
3107 @group
3108 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3109 @end group
3110 @end example
3111
3112 @cindex default action
3113 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3114 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3115 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3116 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3117 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3118 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3119
3120 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3121 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3122 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3123 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3124 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3125
3126 @example
3127 @group
3128 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3129 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3130 ;
3131 @end group
3132
3133 @group
3134 bar: /* empty */
3135 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3136 ;
3137 @end group
3138 @end example
3139
3140 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3141 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3142 definition of @code{foo}.
3143
3144 @node Action Types
3145 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3146 @cindex action data types
3147 @cindex data types in actions
3148
3149 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3150 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3151
3152 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3153 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3154 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3155 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3156 in the rule. In this example,
3157
3158 @example
3159 @group
3160 exp: @dots{}
3161 | exp '+' exp
3162 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3163 @end group
3164 @end example
3165
3166 @noindent
3167 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3168 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3169 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3170 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3171
3172 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3173 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3174 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3175
3176 @example
3177 @group
3178 %union @{
3179 int itype;
3180 double dtype;
3181 @}
3182 @end group
3183 @end example
3184
3185 @noindent
3186 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3187 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3188
3189 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3190 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3191 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3192 @cindex mid-rule actions
3193
3194 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3195 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3196 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3197
3198 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3199 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3200 it is run before they are parsed.
3201
3202 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3203 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3204 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3205 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3206 @code{$@var{n}}.
3207
3208 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3209 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3210 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3211 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3212 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3213 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3214
3215 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3216 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3217 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3218 at the end of the rule.
3219
3220 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3221 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3222 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3223 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3224 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3225 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3226
3227 @example
3228 @group
3229 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3230 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3231 declare_variable ($3); @}
3232 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3233 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3234 @end group
3235 @end example
3236
3237 @noindent
3238 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3239 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3240 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3241 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3242 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3243 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3244 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3245 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3246
3247 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3248 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3249 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3250 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3251 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3252
3253 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3254 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3255 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3256 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3257 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3258 declaration or not:
3259
3260 @example
3261 @group
3262 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3263 | '@{' statements '@}'
3264 ;
3265 @end group
3266 @end example
3267
3268 @noindent
3269 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3270
3271 @example
3272 @group
3273 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3274 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3275 @end group
3276 @group
3277 | '@{' statements '@}'
3278 ;
3279 @end group
3280 @end example
3281
3282 @noindent
3283 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3284 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3285 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3286 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3287 the @dfn{look-ahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3288 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.)
3289
3290 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3291 actions into the two rules, like this:
3292
3293 @example
3294 @group
3295 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3296 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3297 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3298 '@{' statements '@}'
3299 ;
3300 @end group
3301 @end example
3302
3303 @noindent
3304 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3305 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3306
3307 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3308 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3309 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3310
3311 @example
3312 @group
3313 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3314 declarations statements '@}'
3315 | '@{' statements '@}'
3316 ;
3317 @end group
3318 @end example
3319
3320 @noindent
3321 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3322 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3323
3324 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3325 serves as a subroutine:
3326
3327 @example
3328 @group
3329 subroutine: /* empty */
3330 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3331 ;
3332
3333 @end group
3334
3335 @group
3336 compound: subroutine
3337 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3338 | subroutine
3339 '@{' statements '@}'
3340 ;
3341 @end group
3342 @end example
3343
3344 @noindent
3345 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3346 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use. Note that
3347 the action is now at the end of its rule. Any mid-rule action can be
3348 converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and this is what Bison
3349 actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3350
3351 @node Locations
3352 @section Tracking Locations
3353 @cindex location
3354 @cindex textual location
3355 @cindex location, textual
3356
3357 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3358 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3359 especially symbol locations.
3360
3361 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3362 actions to take when rules are matched.
3363
3364 @menu
3365 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3366 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3367 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3368 @end menu
3369
3370 @node Location Type
3371 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3372 @cindex data type of locations
3373 @cindex default location type
3374
3375 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3376 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3377
3378 The type of locations is specified by defining a macro called @code{YYLTYPE}.
3379 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3380 four members:
3381
3382 @example
3383 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3384 @{
3385 int first_line;
3386 int first_column;
3387 int last_line;
3388 int last_column;
3389 @} YYLTYPE;
3390 @end example
3391
3392 @node Actions and Locations
3393 @subsection Actions and Locations
3394 @cindex location actions
3395 @cindex actions, location
3396 @vindex @@$
3397 @vindex @@@var{n}
3398
3399 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3400 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3401
3402 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3403 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3404 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3405 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3406 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3407 @code{@@$}.
3408
3409 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3410
3411 @example
3412 @group
3413 exp: @dots{}
3414 | exp '/' exp
3415 @{
3416 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3417 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3418 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3419 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3420 if ($3)
3421 $$ = $1 / $3;
3422 else
3423 @{
3424 $$ = 1;
3425 fprintf (stderr,
3426 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3427 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3428 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3429 @}
3430 @}
3431 @end group
3432 @end example
3433
3434 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3435 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3436 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3437 last symbol.
3438
3439 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3440 example above simply rewrites this way:
3441
3442 @example
3443 @group
3444 exp: @dots{}
3445 | exp '/' exp
3446 @{
3447 if ($3)
3448 $$ = $1 / $3;
3449 else
3450 @{
3451 $$ = 1;
3452 fprintf (stderr,
3453 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3454 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3455 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3456 @}
3457 @}
3458 @end group
3459 @end example
3460
3461 @node Location Default Action
3462 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3463 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3464
3465 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3466 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3467 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3468 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3469 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3470 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3471
3472 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3473 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3474
3475 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3476 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3477 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3478 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3479 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side. When processing
3480 a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations of
3481 the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3482 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3483
3484 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3485
3486 @smallexample
3487 @group
3488 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3489 do \
3490 if (N) \
3491 @{ \
3492 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3493 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3494 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3495 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3496 @} \
3497 else \
3498 @{ \
3499 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3500 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3501 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3502 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3503 @} \
3504 while (0)
3505 @end group
3506 @end smallexample
3507
3508 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3509 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3510 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3511
3512 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3513
3514 @itemize @bullet
3515 @item
3516 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3517 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3518
3519 @item
3520 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3521 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3522 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3523 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3524
3525 @item
3526 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3527 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3528 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3529 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3530 @end itemize
3531
3532 @node Declarations
3533 @section Bison Declarations
3534 @cindex declarations, Bison
3535 @cindex Bison declarations
3536
3537 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3538 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3539 @xref{Symbols}.
3540
3541 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3542 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3543 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3544 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3545
3546 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3547 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3548 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3549 Grammars}).
3550
3551 @menu
3552 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3553 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3554 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3555 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3556 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3557 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3558 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3559 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3560 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3561 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3562 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3563 @end menu
3564
3565 @node Require Decl
3566 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3567 @cindex version requirement
3568 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
3569 @findex %require
3570
3571 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
3572 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
3573 status 63).
3574
3575 @example
3576 %require "@var{version}"
3577 @end example
3578
3579 @node Token Decl
3580 @subsection Token Type Names
3581 @cindex declaring token type names
3582 @cindex token type names, declaring
3583 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3584 @findex %token
3585
3586 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3587
3588 @example
3589 %token @var{name}
3590 @end example
3591
3592 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
3593 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
3594 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
3595
3596 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
3597 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
3598 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
3599 Precedence}.
3600
3601 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
3602 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
3603 following the token name:
3604
3605 @example
3606 %token NUM 300
3607 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
3608 @end example
3609
3610 @noindent
3611 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
3612 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
3613 with each other or with normal characters.
3614
3615 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
3616 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
3617 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
3618 Than One Value Type}).
3619
3620 For example:
3621
3622 @example
3623 @group
3624 %union @{ /* define stack type */
3625 double val;
3626 symrec *tptr;
3627 @}
3628 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
3629 @end group
3630 @end example
3631
3632 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
3633 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
3634 declaration which declares the name. For example:
3635
3636 @example
3637 %token arrow "=>"
3638 @end example
3639
3640 @noindent
3641 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
3642 equivalent literal string tokens:
3643
3644 @example
3645 %token <operator> OR "||"
3646 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
3647 %left OR "<="
3648 @end example
3649
3650 @noindent
3651 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
3652 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
3653 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
3654 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3655
3656 @node Precedence Decl
3657 @subsection Operator Precedence
3658 @cindex precedence declarations
3659 @cindex declaring operator precedence
3660 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
3661
3662 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
3663 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
3664 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
3665 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
3666 operator precedence.
3667
3668 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
3669 @code{%token}: either
3670
3671 @example
3672 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
3673 @end example
3674
3675 @noindent
3676 or
3677
3678 @example
3679 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
3680 @end example
3681
3682 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
3683 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
3684 all the @var{symbols}:
3685
3686 @itemize @bullet
3687 @item
3688 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
3689 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
3690 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
3691 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
3692 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
3693 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
3694 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
3695 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
3696 considered a syntax error.
3697
3698 @item
3699 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
3700 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
3701 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
3702 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
3703 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
3704 @end itemize
3705
3706 @node Union Decl
3707 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
3708 @cindex declaring value types
3709 @cindex value types, declaring
3710 @findex %union
3711
3712 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of possible
3713 data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is followed by a
3714 pair of braces containing the same thing that goes inside a @code{union} in
3715 C.
3716
3717 For example:
3718
3719 @example
3720 @group
3721 %union @{
3722 double val;
3723 symrec *tptr;
3724 @}
3725 @end group
3726 @end example
3727
3728 @noindent
3729 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
3730 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
3731 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
3732 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3733
3734 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
3735 @code{union}. For example:
3736
3737 @example
3738 @group
3739 %union value @{
3740 double val;
3741 symrec *tptr;
3742 @}
3743 @end group
3744 @end example
3745
3746 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
3747 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
3748 @code{YYSTYPE}.
3749
3750 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
3751 a semicolon after the closing brace.
3752
3753 @node Type Decl
3754 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
3755 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
3756 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
3757 @findex %type
3758
3759 @noindent
3760 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
3761 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
3762 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
3763
3764 @example
3765 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
3766 @end example
3767
3768 @noindent
3769 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
3770 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
3771 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
3772 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
3773 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
3774 the symbol names.
3775
3776 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
3777 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
3778 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
3779 @code{<@var{type}>}.
3780
3781 @node Initial Action Decl
3782 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
3783 @findex %initial-action
3784
3785 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
3786 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
3787 code.
3788
3789 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
3790 @findex %initial-action
3791 Declare that the @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
3792 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
3793 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the look-ahead --- and the
3794 @code{%parse-param}.
3795 @end deffn
3796
3797 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
3798
3799 @example
3800 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
3801 %initial-action
3802 @{
3803 @@$.initialize (file_name);
3804 @};
3805 @end example
3806
3807
3808 @node Destructor Decl
3809 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
3810 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
3811 @findex %destructor
3812
3813 Some symbols can be discarded by the parser. During error recovery
3814 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed on the stack and tokens
3815 coming from the rest of the file are discarded until the parser falls on
3816 its feet. If the parser runs out of memory, all the symbols on the
3817 stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it must discard
3818 the start symbol.
3819
3820 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
3821 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
3822 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
3823 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
3824
3825 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that
3826 is called when a symbol is discarded.
3827
3828 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
3829 @findex %destructor
3830 Invoke @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the @var{symbols}.
3831 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
3832 with the discarded symbol. The additional parser parameters are also
3833 available (@pxref{Parser Function, , The Parser Function
3834 @code{yyparse}}).
3835
3836 @strong{Warning:} as of Bison 2.1, this feature is still
3837 experimental, as there has not been enough user feedback. In particular,
3838 the syntax might still change.
3839 @end deffn
3840
3841 For instance:
3842
3843 @smallexample
3844 %union
3845 @{
3846 char *string;
3847 @}
3848 %token <string> STRING
3849 %type <string> string
3850 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} STRING string
3851 @end smallexample
3852
3853 @noindent
3854 guarantees that when a @code{STRING} or a @code{string} is discarded,
3855 its associated memory will be freed.
3856
3857 Note that in the future, Bison might also consider that right hand side
3858 members that are not mentioned in the action can be destroyed. For
3859 instance, in:
3860
3861 @smallexample
3862 comment: "/*" STRING "*/";
3863 @end smallexample
3864
3865 @noindent
3866 the parser is entitled to destroy the semantic value of the
3867 @code{string}. Of course, this will not apply to the default action;
3868 compare:
3869
3870 @smallexample
3871 typeless: string; // $$ = $1 does not apply; $1 is destroyed.
3872 typefull: string; // $$ = $1 applies, $1 is not destroyed.
3873 @end smallexample
3874
3875 @sp 1
3876
3877 @cindex discarded symbols
3878 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
3879
3880 @itemize
3881 @item
3882 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
3883 @item
3884 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
3885 @item
3886 the current look-ahead and the entire stack when the parser aborts
3887 (either via an explicit call to @code{YYABORT}, or as a consequence of
3888 a failed error recovery or of memory exhaustion), and
3889 @item
3890 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
3891 @end itemize
3892
3893
3894 @node Expect Decl
3895 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
3896 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
3897 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
3898 @cindex warnings, preventing
3899 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
3900 @findex %expect
3901 @findex %expect-rr
3902
3903 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
3904 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
3905 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
3906 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
3907 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
3908 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
3909
3910 The declaration looks like this:
3911
3912 @example
3913 %expect @var{n}
3914 @end example
3915
3916 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
3917 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
3918 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
3919 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
3920
3921 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
3922 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
3923 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
3924 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
3925 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
3926 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
3927 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
3928
3929 @example
3930 %expect-rr @var{n}
3931 @end example
3932
3933 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
3934
3935 @itemize @bullet
3936 @item
3937 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
3938 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
3939 print the number of conflicts.
3940
3941 @item
3942 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
3943 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
3944 go back to the beginning.
3945
3946 @item
3947 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
3948 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
3949 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
3950 @end itemize
3951
3952 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
3953 will keep silent otherwise.
3954
3955 @node Start Decl
3956 @subsection The Start-Symbol
3957 @cindex declaring the start symbol
3958 @cindex start symbol, declaring
3959 @cindex default start symbol
3960 @findex %start
3961
3962 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
3963 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
3964 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
3965
3966 @example
3967 %start @var{symbol}
3968 @end example
3969
3970 @node Pure Decl
3971 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
3972 @cindex reentrant parser
3973 @cindex pure parser
3974 @findex %pure-parser
3975
3976 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
3977 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
3978 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
3979 for example, a non-reentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
3980 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a non-reentrant
3981 program must be called only within interlocks.
3982
3983 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
3984 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
3985 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
3986 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
3987 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
3988
3989 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
3990 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
3991 reentrant. It looks like this:
3992
3993 @example
3994 %pure-parser
3995 @end example
3996
3997 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
3998 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
3999 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
4000 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
4001 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
4002 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
4003 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
4004 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
4005
4006 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
4007 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
4008 valid grammar.
4009
4010 @node Decl Summary
4011 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
4012 @cindex Bison declaration summary
4013 @cindex declaration summary
4014 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4015
4016 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4017
4018 @deffn {Directive} %union
4019 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4020 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4021 @end deffn
4022
4023 @deffn {Directive} %token
4024 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4025 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4026 @end deffn
4027
4028 @deffn {Directive} %right
4029 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4030 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4031 @end deffn
4032
4033 @deffn {Directive} %left
4034 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4035 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4036 @end deffn
4037
4038 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4039 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4040 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4041 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4042 @end deffn
4043
4044 @ifset defaultprec
4045 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4046 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4047 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4048 @end deffn
4049 @end ifset
4050
4051 @deffn {Directive} %type
4052 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4053 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4054 @end deffn
4055
4056 @deffn {Directive} %start
4057 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4058 Start-Symbol}).
4059 @end deffn
4060
4061 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4062 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4063 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4064 @end deffn
4065
4066
4067 @sp 1
4068 @noindent
4069 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4070 directives:
4071
4072 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4073 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4074 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4075 @end deffn
4076 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4077
4078 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4079 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4080 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4081 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4082 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4083
4084 Unless @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro, the output header
4085 declares @code{YYSTYPE}. Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4086 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components
4087 that require other definitions, or if you have defined a
4088 @code{YYSTYPE} macro (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic
4089 Values}), you need to arrange for these definitions to be propagated to
4090 all modules, e.g., by putting them in a
4091 prerequisite header that is included both by your parser and by any
4092 other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4093
4094 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4095 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4096 Parser}.
4097
4098 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4099 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4100 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4101 Locations}.
4102
4103 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the
4104 definition of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because
4105 @code{yylex} typically needs to be able to refer to the
4106 above-mentioned declarations and to the token type codes.
4107 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
4108 @end deffn
4109
4110 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4111 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4112 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4113 @end deffn
4114
4115 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4116 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4117 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4118 @end deffn
4119
4120 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4121 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4122 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4123 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4124 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4125 accurate syntax error messages.
4126 @end deffn
4127
4128 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4129 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4130 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4131 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4132 @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4133 possible @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4134 @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4135 and so on. @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same
4136 Program}.
4137 @end deffn
4138
4139 @ifset defaultprec
4140 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4141 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4142 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4143 Precedence}).
4144 @end deffn
4145 @end ifset
4146
4147 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4148 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4149 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4150 declarations.
4151
4152 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4153 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a
4154 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4155 @end deffn
4156
4157 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4158 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4159 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4160 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4161 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4162 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4163 file in its own right.
4164 @end deffn
4165
4166 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
4167 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
4168 @end deffn
4169
4170 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4171 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4172 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4173 @end deffn
4174
4175 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
4176 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
4177 Require a Version of Bison}.
4178 @end deffn
4179
4180 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4181 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4182 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4183 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4184 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4185 @code{"$end"},
4186 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4187 defined in the grammar file.
4188
4189 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
4190 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
4191 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
4192 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
4193 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
4194 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
4195 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
4196 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
4197
4198 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4199 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4200 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4201
4202 @table @code
4203 @item YYNTOKENS
4204 The highest token number, plus one.
4205 @item YYNNTS
4206 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4207 @item YYNRULES
4208 The number of grammar rules,
4209 @item YYNSTATES
4210 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4211 @end table
4212 @end deffn
4213
4214 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4215 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4216 parser states and what is done for each type of look-ahead token in
4217 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4218 information.
4219 @end deffn
4220
4221 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4222 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4223 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4224 @end deffn
4225
4226
4227 @node Multiple Parsers
4228 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4229
4230 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4231 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4232 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4233 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4234
4235 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4236 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4237 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4238 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4239 names that do not conflict.
4240
4241 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4242 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4243 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4244 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4245
4246 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4247 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4248 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4249 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4250 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4251
4252 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4253 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4254 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4255 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4256
4257 @node Interface
4258 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4259 @cindex C-language interface
4260 @cindex interface
4261
4262 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4263 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4264 functions that it needs to use.
4265
4266 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4267 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4268 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4269 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4270
4271 @menu
4272 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4273 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4274 which reads tokens.
4275 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4276 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4277 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4278 native language.
4279 @end menu
4280
4281 @node Parser Function
4282 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4283 @findex yyparse
4284
4285 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4286 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4287 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4288 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4289 without reading further.
4290
4291
4292 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4293 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4294 is due to end-of-input).
4295
4296 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
4297 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
4298 invoked.
4299
4300 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
4301 @end deftypefun
4302
4303 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4304 these macros:
4305
4306 @defmac YYACCEPT
4307 @findex YYACCEPT
4308 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4309 @end defmac
4310
4311 @defmac YYABORT
4312 @findex YYABORT
4313 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4314 @end defmac
4315
4316 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4317 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4318 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4319
4320 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4321 @findex %parse-param
4322 Declare that an argument declared by @code{argument-declaration} is an
4323 additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4324 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4325 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4326 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4327 @end deffn
4328
4329 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4330
4331 @example
4332 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4333 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4334 @end example
4335
4336 @noindent
4337 Then call the parser like this:
4338
4339 @example
4340 @{
4341 int nastiness, randomness;
4342 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4343 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4344 @dots{}
4345 @}
4346 @end example
4347
4348 @noindent
4349 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
4350
4351 @example
4352 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
4353 @end example
4354
4355
4356 @node Lexical
4357 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
4358 @findex yylex
4359 @cindex lexical analyzer
4360
4361 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
4362 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
4363 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
4364 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
4365
4366 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
4367 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
4368 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
4369 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
4370 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
4371 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
4372 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
4373
4374 @menu
4375 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
4376 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
4377 of the token it has read.
4378 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
4379 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
4380 actions want that.
4381 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
4382 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
4383 @end menu
4384
4385 @node Calling Convention
4386 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
4387
4388 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
4389 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
4390 signifies end-of-input.
4391
4392 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
4393 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
4394 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
4395 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
4396
4397 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
4398 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
4399 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
4400 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
4401 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
4402 signifies end-of-input.
4403
4404 Here is an example showing these things:
4405
4406 @example
4407 int
4408 yylex (void)
4409 @{
4410 @dots{}
4411 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
4412 return 0;
4413 @dots{}
4414 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
4415 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
4416 @dots{}
4417 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4418 @dots{}
4419 @}
4420 @end example
4421
4422 @noindent
4423 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
4424 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
4425
4426 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
4427 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
4428
4429 @itemize @bullet
4430 @item
4431 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
4432 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
4433 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
4434 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
4435
4436 @item
4437 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
4438 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
4439 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
4440 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
4441 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
4442 to Bison.
4443
4444 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
4445 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
4446 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
4447 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
4448
4449 @smallexample
4450 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
4451 @{
4452 if (yytname[i] != 0
4453 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
4454 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
4455 strlen (token_buffer))
4456 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
4457 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
4458 break;
4459 @}
4460 @end smallexample
4461
4462 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
4463 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
4464 @end itemize
4465
4466 @node Token Values
4467 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
4468
4469 @vindex yylval
4470 In an ordinary (non-reentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
4471 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
4472 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
4473 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
4474 @code{yylex}:
4475
4476 @example
4477 @group
4478 @dots{}
4479 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4480 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4481 @dots{}
4482 @end group
4483 @end example
4484
4485 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
4486 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
4487 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
4488 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
4489 declaration looks like this:
4490
4491 @example
4492 @group
4493 %union @{
4494 int intval;
4495 double val;
4496 symrec *tptr;
4497 @}
4498 @end group
4499 @end example
4500
4501 @noindent
4502 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
4503
4504 @example
4505 @group
4506 @dots{}
4507 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4508 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4509 @dots{}
4510 @end group
4511 @end example
4512
4513 @node Token Locations
4514 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
4515
4516 @vindex yylloc
4517 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
4518 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the
4519 textual locations of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this
4520 information in @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to
4521 find the textual location of a token just parsed in the global variable
4522 @code{yylloc}. So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that
4523 variable.
4524
4525 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
4526 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
4527 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
4528 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
4529 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4530
4531 @tindex YYLTYPE
4532 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
4533
4534 @node Pure Calling
4535 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
4536
4537 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
4538 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
4539 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4540 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
4541 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
4542 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
4543 pointers.
4544
4545 @example
4546 int
4547 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
4548 @{
4549 @dots{}
4550 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4551 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4552 @dots{}
4553 @}
4554 @end example
4555
4556 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
4557 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
4558 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
4559 only one argument.
4560
4561
4562 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
4563 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
4564 Function}).
4565
4566 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4567 @findex %lex-param
4568 Declare that @code{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yylex}
4569 argument declaration.
4570 @end deffn
4571
4572 For instance:
4573
4574 @example
4575 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4576 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4577 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4578 @end example
4579
4580 @noindent
4581 results in the following signature:
4582
4583 @example
4584 int yylex (int *nastiness);
4585 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4586 @end example
4587
4588 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
4589
4590 @example
4591 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
4592 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4593 @end example
4594
4595 @noindent
4596 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
4597
4598 @example
4599 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4600 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4601 @end example
4602
4603 @node Error Reporting
4604 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
4605 @cindex error reporting function
4606 @findex yyerror
4607 @cindex parse error
4608 @cindex syntax error
4609
4610 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
4611 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
4612 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
4613 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
4614 in Actions}).
4615
4616 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
4617 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
4618 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
4619 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
4620 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4621
4622 @findex %error-verbose
4623 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
4624 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
4625 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
4626 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4627
4628 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
4629 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
4630 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
4631 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
4632 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
4633 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
4634
4635 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
4636 translated automatically from English to some other language before
4637 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
4638
4639 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
4640
4641 @example
4642 @group
4643 void
4644 yyerror (char const *s)
4645 @{
4646 @end group
4647 @group
4648 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
4649 @}
4650 @end group
4651 @end example
4652
4653 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
4654 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
4655 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
4656 immediately return 1.
4657
4658 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
4659 an access to the current location.
4660 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
4661 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
4662 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
4663 @code{yyerror} are:
4664
4665 @example
4666 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4667 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4668 @end example
4669
4670 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
4671
4672 @example
4673 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4674 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4675 @end example
4676
4677 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
4678 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
4679 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
4680 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
4681
4682 @example
4683 /* Location tracking. */
4684 %locations
4685 /* Pure yylex. */
4686 %pure-parser
4687 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4688 /* Pure yyparse. */
4689 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4690 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4691 @end example
4692
4693 @noindent
4694 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
4695
4696 @example
4697 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4698 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4699 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
4700 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
4701 char const *msg);
4702 @end example
4703
4704 @noindent
4705 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
4706 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
4707 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
4708 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
4709 message is always passed last.
4710
4711 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
4712 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
4713 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
4714 @code{yyerror}.
4715
4716 @vindex yynerrs
4717 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
4718 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
4719 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
4720 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
4721
4722 @node Action Features
4723 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
4724 @cindex summary, action features
4725 @cindex action features summary
4726
4727 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
4728 are useful in actions.
4729
4730 @deffn {Variable} $$
4731 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4732 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4733 @end deffn
4734
4735 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
4736 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4737 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4738 @end deffn
4739
4740 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
4741 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
4742 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
4743 Types of Values in Actions}.
4744 @end deffn
4745
4746 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
4747 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
4748 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
4749 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
4750 @end deffn
4751
4752 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
4753 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
4754 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4755 @end deffn
4756
4757 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
4758 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
4759 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4760 @end deffn
4761
4762 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
4763 @findex YYBACKUP
4764 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
4765 a single value, and only when there is no look-ahead token.
4766 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
4767 It installs a look-ahead token with token type @var{token} and
4768 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
4769 going to be reduced by this rule.
4770
4771 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
4772 a look-ahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
4773 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
4774 recovery.
4775
4776 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
4777 @end deffn
4778
4779 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
4780 @vindex YYEMPTY
4781 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no look-ahead token.
4782 @end deffn
4783
4784 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
4785 @findex YYERROR
4786 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
4787 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
4788 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
4789 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
4790 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4791 @end deffn
4792
4793 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
4794 This macro stands for an expression that has the value 1 when the parser
4795 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the rest of the time.
4796 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4797 @end deffn
4798
4799 @deffn {Variable} yychar
4800 Variable containing the current look-ahead token. (In a pure parser,
4801 this is actually a local variable within @code{yyparse}.) When there is
4802 no look-ahead token, the value @code{YYEMPTY} is stored in the variable.
4803 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.
4804 @end deffn
4805
4806 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
4807 Discard the current look-ahead token. This is useful primarily in
4808 error rules. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4809 @end deffn
4810
4811 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
4812 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
4813 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
4814 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4815 @end deffn
4816
4817 @deffn {Value} @@$
4818 @findex @@$
4819 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4820 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4821 Tracking Locations}.
4822
4823 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
4824
4825 @c @example
4826 @c struct @{
4827 @c int first_line, last_line;
4828 @c int first_column, last_column;
4829 @c @};
4830 @c @end example
4831
4832 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
4833 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
4834
4835 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
4836 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
4837 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
4838 @c those members.
4839
4840 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4841 @end deffn
4842
4843 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
4844 @findex @@@var{n}
4845 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4846 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4847 Tracking Locations}.
4848 @end deffn
4849
4850 @node Internationalization
4851 @section Parser Internationalization
4852 @cindex internationalization
4853 @cindex i18n
4854 @cindex NLS
4855 @cindex gettext
4856 @cindex bison-po
4857
4858 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
4859 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
4860 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language.
4861 To make this work, the user should set the usual environment
4862 variables. @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU
4863 @code{gettext} utilities}. For
4864 example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might set
4865 the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
4866 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
4867 installation.
4868
4869 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
4870 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
4871 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
4872 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
4873
4874 @enumerate
4875 @item
4876 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
4877 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
4878 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
4879 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
4880 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
4881 For example:
4882
4883 @example
4884 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
4885 @end example
4886
4887 @item
4888 @findex BISON_I18N
4889 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
4890 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
4891 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
4892 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
4893 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
4894 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
4895 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
4896 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
4897 Bison-generated parser.
4898
4899 @item
4900 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
4901 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
4902 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
4903 For example:
4904
4905 @example
4906 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
4907 @end example
4908
4909 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
4910 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
4911 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
4912 @file{Makefile}.
4913
4914 @item
4915 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
4916 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
4917 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
4918
4919 @example
4920 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
4921 @end example
4922
4923 or:
4924
4925 @example
4926 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
4927 @end example
4928
4929 @item
4930 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
4931 infrastructure.
4932 @end enumerate
4933
4934
4935 @node Algorithm
4936 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
4937 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
4938 @cindex algorithm of parser
4939 @cindex shifting
4940 @cindex reduction
4941 @cindex parser stack
4942 @cindex stack, parser
4943
4944 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
4945 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
4946 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
4947
4948 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
4949 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
4950 that was shifted.
4951
4952 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
4953 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
4954 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
4955 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
4956 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
4957 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
4958 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
4959
4960 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
4961
4962 @example
4963 1 + 5 * 3
4964 @end example
4965
4966 @noindent
4967 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
4968 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
4969
4970 @example
4971 expr: expr '*' expr;
4972 @end example
4973
4974 @noindent
4975 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
4976
4977 @example
4978 1 + 15
4979 @end example
4980
4981 @noindent
4982 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
4983 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
4984
4985 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
4986 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
4987 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
4988
4989 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
4990
4991 @menu
4992 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
4993 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
4994 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
4995 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
4996 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
4997 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
4998 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
4999 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
5000 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
5001 @end menu
5002
5003 @node Look-Ahead
5004 @section Look-Ahead Tokens
5005 @cindex look-ahead token
5006
5007 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
5008 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
5009 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
5010 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
5011 token in order to decide what to do.
5012
5013 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
5014 @dfn{look-ahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
5015 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
5016 the look-ahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
5017 should take place, the look-ahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
5018 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
5019 token type of the look-ahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
5020 application.
5021
5022 Here is a simple case where look-ahead is needed. These three rules define
5023 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
5024 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5025
5026 @example
5027 @group
5028 expr: term '+' expr
5029 | term
5030 ;
5031 @end group
5032
5033 @group
5034 term: '(' expr ')'
5035 | term '!'
5036 | NUMBER
5037 ;
5038 @end group
5039 @end example
5040
5041 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5042 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5043 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5044 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5045 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5046
5047 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5048 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5049 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5050 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5051 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5052 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5053
5054 @vindex yychar
5055 The current look-ahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5056 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5057
5058 @node Shift/Reduce
5059 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5060 @cindex conflicts
5061 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5062 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5063 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5064
5065 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5066 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5067
5068 @example
5069 @group
5070 if_stmt:
5071 IF expr THEN stmt
5072 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5073 ;
5074 @end group
5075 @end example
5076
5077 @noindent
5078 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5079 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5080
5081 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the look-ahead token, the
5082 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5083 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5084 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5085 rule.
5086
5087 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5088 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5089 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5090 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5091 contrast it with the other alternative.
5092
5093 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5094 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5095 equivalent:
5096
5097 @example
5098 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5099
5100 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5101 @end example
5102
5103 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5104 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5105 making these two inputs equivalent:
5106
5107 @example
5108 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5109
5110 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5111 @end example
5112
5113 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5114 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5115 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5116 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5117 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5118 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5119 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5120 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5121
5122 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5123 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5124 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5125 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5126
5127 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5128 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5129 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5130 conflict:
5131
5132 @example
5133 @group
5134 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5135 %%
5136 @end group
5137 @group
5138 stmt: expr
5139 | if_stmt
5140 ;
5141 @end group
5142
5143 @group
5144 if_stmt:
5145 IF expr THEN stmt
5146 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5147 ;
5148 @end group
5149
5150 expr: variable
5151 ;
5152 @end example
5153
5154 @node Precedence
5155 @section Operator Precedence
5156 @cindex operator precedence
5157 @cindex precedence of operators
5158
5159 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5160 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5161 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5162 shift and when to reduce.
5163
5164 @menu
5165 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5166 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5167 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5168 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5169 @end menu
5170
5171 @node Why Precedence
5172 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5173
5174 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5175 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5176
5177 @example
5178 @group
5179 expr: expr '-' expr
5180 | expr '*' expr
5181 | expr '<' expr
5182 | '(' expr ')'
5183 @dots{}
5184 ;
5185 @end group
5186 @end example
5187
5188 @noindent
5189 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5190 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5191 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5192 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5193 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5194 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5195 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5196 different results.
5197
5198 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5199 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5200 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5201 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5202 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5203 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5204 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5205 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5206 @samp{<}.
5207
5208 @cindex associativity
5209 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5210 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5211 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5212 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5213 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5214 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5215 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the look-ahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5216 makes right-associativity.
5217
5218 @node Using Precedence
5219 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5220 @findex %left
5221 @findex %right
5222 @findex %nonassoc
5223
5224 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5225 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5226 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5227 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5228 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5229 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5230 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5231 row''.
5232
5233 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5234 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5235 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5236 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5237 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5238
5239 @node Precedence Examples
5240 @subsection Precedence Examples
5241
5242 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5243
5244 @example
5245 %left '<'
5246 %left '-'
5247 %left '*'
5248 @end example
5249
5250 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5251 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5252 declared with @code{'-'}:
5253
5254 @example
5255 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5256 %left '+' '-'
5257 %left '*' '/'
5258 @end example
5259
5260 @noindent
5261 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5262 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5263 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5264
5265 @node How Precedence
5266 @subsection How Precedence Works
5267
5268 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5269 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5270 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5271 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5272 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5273 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5274
5275 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5276 of the rule being considered with that of the look-ahead token. If the
5277 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5278 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5279 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5280 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5281 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5282 resolved.
5283
5284 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5285 the look-ahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5286
5287 @node Contextual Precedence
5288 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5289 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5290 @cindex unary operator precedence
5291 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5292 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5293 @findex %prec
5294
5295 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5296 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5297 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5298 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5299
5300 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5301 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5302 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5303 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5304 modifier for rules.
5305
5306 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5307 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5308 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5309 modifier's syntax is:
5310
5311 @example
5312 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5313 @end example
5314
5315 @noindent
5316 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5317 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
5318 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
5319 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
5320 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
5321
5322 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
5323 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
5324 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
5325 precedence:
5326
5327 @example
5328 @dots{}
5329 %left '+' '-'
5330 %left '*'
5331 %left UMINUS
5332 @end example
5333
5334 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
5335
5336 @example
5337 @group
5338 exp: @dots{}
5339 | exp '-' exp
5340 @dots{}
5341 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
5342 @end group
5343 @end example
5344
5345 @ifset defaultprec
5346 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
5347 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
5348 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
5349 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
5350
5351 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
5352 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
5353 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
5354 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
5355
5356 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
5357 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
5358 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
5359 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
5360 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
5361 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
5362
5363 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
5364 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
5365 @end ifset
5366
5367 @node Parser States
5368 @section Parser States
5369 @cindex finite-state machine
5370 @cindex parser state
5371 @cindex state (of parser)
5372
5373 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
5374 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
5375 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
5376 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
5377 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
5378
5379 Each time a look-ahead token is read, the current parser state together
5380 with the type of look-ahead token are looked up in a table. This table
5381 entry can say, ``Shift the look-ahead token.'' In this case, it also
5382 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
5383 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
5384 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
5385 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
5386 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
5387 pushed.
5388
5389 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the look-ahead token
5390 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
5391 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
5392
5393 @node Reduce/Reduce
5394 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5395 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
5396 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
5397
5398 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
5399 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
5400 in the grammar.
5401
5402 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
5403 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
5404
5405 @example
5406 sequence: /* empty */
5407 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5408 | maybeword
5409 | sequence word
5410 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5411 ;
5412
5413 maybeword: /* empty */
5414 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
5415 | word
5416 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
5417 ;
5418 @end example
5419
5420 @noindent
5421 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
5422 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
5423 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
5424 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
5425 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
5426 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
5427
5428 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
5429 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
5430 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
5431
5432 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
5433 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
5434 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
5435 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
5436 In this example, the output of the program changes.
5437
5438 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
5439 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
5440 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
5441 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
5442
5443 @example
5444 sequence: /* empty */
5445 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5446 | sequence word
5447 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5448 ;
5449 @end example
5450
5451 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
5452
5453 @example
5454 sequence: /* empty */
5455 | sequence words
5456 | sequence redirects
5457 ;
5458
5459 words: /* empty */
5460 | words word
5461 ;
5462
5463 redirects:/* empty */
5464 | redirects redirect
5465 ;
5466 @end example
5467
5468 @noindent
5469 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
5470 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
5471 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
5472 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
5473 in infinitely many ways!
5474
5475 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
5476 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
5477 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
5478 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
5479
5480 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
5481 of sequence:
5482
5483 @example
5484 sequence: /* empty */
5485 | sequence word
5486 | sequence redirect
5487 ;
5488 @end example
5489
5490 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
5491 from being empty:
5492
5493 @example
5494 sequence: /* empty */
5495 | sequence words
5496 | sequence redirects
5497 ;
5498
5499 words: word
5500 | words word
5501 ;
5502
5503 redirects:redirect
5504 | redirects redirect
5505 ;
5506 @end example
5507
5508 @node Mystery Conflicts
5509 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5510
5511 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
5512 Here is an example:
5513
5514 @example
5515 @group
5516 %token ID
5517
5518 %%
5519 def: param_spec return_spec ','
5520 ;
5521 param_spec:
5522 type
5523 | name_list ':' type
5524 ;
5525 @end group
5526 @group
5527 return_spec:
5528 type
5529 | name ':' type
5530 ;
5531 @end group
5532 @group
5533 type: ID
5534 ;
5535 @end group
5536 @group
5537 name: ID
5538 ;
5539 name_list:
5540 name
5541 | name ',' name_list
5542 ;
5543 @end group
5544 @end example
5545
5546 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
5547 of look-ahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
5548 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
5549 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
5550
5551 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
5552 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
5553 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
5554 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
5555 an @code{ID}
5556 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
5557 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
5558 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
5559 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
5560 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
5561 that the rules would require different look-ahead tokens in the two
5562 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
5563 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
5564 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
5565
5566 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
5567 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
5568 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
5569 and tend to
5570 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
5571 as it is now.
5572
5573 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
5574 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
5575 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
5576 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
5577
5578 @example
5579 @group
5580 %token BOGUS
5581 @dots{}
5582 %%
5583 @dots{}
5584 return_spec:
5585 type
5586 | name ':' type
5587 /* This rule is never used. */
5588 | ID BOGUS
5589 ;
5590 @end group
5591 @end example
5592
5593 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
5594 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
5595 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
5596 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
5597 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
5598 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
5599
5600 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
5601 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
5602 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
5603 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
5604 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
5605 rather than the one for @code{name}.
5606
5607 @example
5608 param_spec:
5609 type
5610 | name_list ':' type
5611 ;
5612 return_spec:
5613 type
5614 | ID ':' type
5615 ;
5616 @end example
5617
5618 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
5619 generators, please see:
5620 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
5621 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
5622 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
5623 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
5624
5625 @node Generalized LR Parsing
5626 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
5627 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
5628 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
5629 @cindex ambiguous grammars
5630 @cindex non-deterministic parsing
5631
5632 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
5633 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
5634 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of look-ahead.
5635 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
5636 context-free languages.
5637 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
5638 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
5639 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
5640 look-ahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
5641 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
5642 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
5643 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
5644 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
5645
5646 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
5647 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
5648 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
5649 parser uses the same basic
5650 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
5651 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
5652 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
5653 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
5654 situation, it
5655 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
5656 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
5657 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
5658 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
5659 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
5660
5661 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
5662 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
5663 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
5664 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
5665 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
5666 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
5667 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
5668 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
5669 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
5670 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
5671 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
5672 stream.
5673
5674 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
5675 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
5676 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
5677 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
5678 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
5679 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
5680 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
5681 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
5682 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
5683 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
5684 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
5685 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
5686
5687 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
5688 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
5689 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
5690 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
5691 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
5692 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
5693 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
5694 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
5695 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or non-deterministic
5696 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
5697 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
5698 Usually, non-determinism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
5699 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
5700 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
5701 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
5702 Bison parser.
5703
5704 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
5705 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
5706 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
5707 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
5708 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
5709 (2000-12-24).
5710
5711 @node Memory Management
5712 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
5713 @cindex memory exhaustion
5714 @cindex memory management
5715 @cindex stack overflow
5716 @cindex parser stack overflow
5717 @cindex overflow of parser stack
5718
5719 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
5720 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
5721 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
5722
5723 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
5724 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
5725 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
5726
5727 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
5728 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
5729 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
5730 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
5731 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
5732
5733 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
5734 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
5735 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
5736 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
5737 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
5738 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
5739
5740 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
5741 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
5742 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
5743 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
5744
5745 @cindex default stack limit
5746 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
5747 10000.
5748
5749 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
5750 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
5751 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
5752 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
5753 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
5754 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
5755
5756 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
5757
5758 @c FIXME: C++ output.
5759 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
5760 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
5761 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
5762 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
5763 this deficiency in a future release.
5764
5765 @node Error Recovery
5766 @chapter Error Recovery
5767 @cindex error recovery
5768 @cindex recovery from errors
5769
5770 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
5771 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
5772 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
5773 another expression.
5774
5775 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
5776 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
5777 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
5778 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
5779 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
5780 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
5781 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
5782
5783 @findex error
5784 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
5785 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
5786 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
5787 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
5788 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
5789 in the current context, the parse can continue.
5790
5791 For example:
5792
5793 @example
5794 stmnts: /* empty string */
5795 | stmnts '\n'
5796 | stmnts exp '\n'
5797 | stmnts error '\n'
5798 @end example
5799
5800 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
5801 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
5802
5803 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
5804 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
5805 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
5806 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
5807 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
5808 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
5809 applicable in the ordinary way.
5810
5811 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
5812 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
5813 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
5814 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
5815 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
5816 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
5817 look-ahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
5818 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
5819 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
5820 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
5821 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
5822 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
5823
5824 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
5825 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
5826 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
5827
5828 @example
5829 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
5830 @end example
5831
5832 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
5833 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
5834 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
5835 spurious error message:
5836
5837 @example
5838 primary: '(' expr ')'
5839 | '(' error ')'
5840 @dots{}
5841 ;
5842 @end example
5843
5844 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
5845 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
5846 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
5847 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
5848 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
5849 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
5850 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
5851 @code{stmnt}.
5852
5853 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
5854 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
5855 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
5856 error messages resume.
5857
5858 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
5859 as any other rules can.
5860
5861 @findex yyerrok
5862 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
5863 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
5864 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
5865 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
5866
5867 @findex yyclearin
5868 The previous look-ahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
5869 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
5870 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
5871 action.
5872
5873 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
5874 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
5875 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
5876 probably correct. The previous look-ahead token ought to be discarded
5877 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
5878
5879 @vindex YYRECOVERING
5880 The macro @code{YYRECOVERING} stands for an expression that has the
5881 value 1 when the parser is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the
5882 rest of the time. A value of 1 indicates that error messages are
5883 currently suppressed for new syntax errors.
5884
5885 @node Context Dependency
5886 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
5887
5888 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
5889 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
5890 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
5891 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
5892 languages.
5893
5894 @menu
5895 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
5896 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
5897 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
5898 error recovery rules must be written.
5899 @end menu
5900
5901 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
5902 neither clean nor robust.)
5903
5904 @node Semantic Tokens
5905 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
5906
5907 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
5908 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
5909
5910 @example
5911 foo (x);
5912 @end example
5913
5914 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
5915 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
5916 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
5917
5918 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
5919 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
5920 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
5921 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
5922 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
5923
5924 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
5925 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
5926 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
5927 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
5928 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
5929 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
5930 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
5931
5932 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
5933 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
5934 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
5935 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
5936 earlier:
5937
5938 @example
5939 typedef int foo, bar;
5940 int baz (void)
5941 @{
5942 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
5943 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
5944 return foo (bar);
5945 @}
5946 @end example
5947
5948 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
5949 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
5950
5951 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
5952 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
5953 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
5954 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
5955 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
5956
5957 @example
5958 initdcl:
5959 declarator maybeasm '='
5960 init
5961 | declarator maybeasm
5962 ;
5963
5964 notype_initdcl:
5965 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
5966 init
5967 | notype_declarator maybeasm
5968 ;
5969 @end example
5970
5971 @noindent
5972 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
5973 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
5974 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
5975
5976 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
5977 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
5978 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
5979 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
5980 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
5981 the syntactic context.
5982
5983 @node Lexical Tie-ins
5984 @section Lexical Tie-ins
5985 @cindex lexical tie-in
5986
5987 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
5988 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
5989 parsed.
5990
5991 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
5992 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
5993 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
5994 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
5995 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
5996
5997 @example
5998 @group
5999 %@{
6000 int hexflag;
6001 int yylex (void);
6002 void yyerror (char const *);
6003 %@}
6004 %%
6005 @dots{}
6006 @end group
6007 @group
6008 expr: IDENTIFIER
6009 | constant
6010 | HEX '('
6011 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
6012 expr ')'
6013 @{ hexflag = 0;
6014 $$ = $4; @}
6015 | expr '+' expr
6016 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
6017 @dots{}
6018 ;
6019 @end group
6020
6021 @group
6022 constant:
6023 INTEGER
6024 | STRING
6025 ;
6026 @end group
6027 @end example
6028
6029 @noindent
6030 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6031 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6032 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6033
6034 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6035 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6036 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6037
6038 @node Tie-in Recovery
6039 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6040
6041 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6042 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6043
6044 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6045 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6046 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6047 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6048
6049 @example
6050 stmt: expr ';'
6051 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6052 @dots{}
6053 error ';'
6054 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6055 ;
6056 @end example
6057
6058 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6059 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6060 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6061 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6062 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6063
6064 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6065
6066 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6067 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6068 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6069
6070 @example
6071 @group
6072 expr: @dots{}
6073 | '(' expr ')'
6074 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6075 | '(' error ')'
6076 @dots{}
6077 @end group
6078 @end example
6079
6080 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6081 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6082 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6083 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6084
6085 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6086 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6087 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6088 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6089 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6090 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6091 clear the flag.
6092
6093 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6094
6095 @node Debugging
6096 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6097
6098 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6099 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6100 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6101 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6102 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6103 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6104
6105 @menu
6106 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6107 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6108 @end menu
6109
6110 @node Understanding
6111 @section Understanding Your Parser
6112
6113 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6114 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6115 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6116 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6117 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a @acronym{VCG}
6118 file).
6119
6120 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6121 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6122 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6123 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6124 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6125 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6126 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6127
6128 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6129
6130 @example
6131 %token NUM STR
6132 %left '+' '-'
6133 %left '*'
6134 %%
6135 exp: exp '+' exp
6136 | exp '-' exp
6137 | exp '*' exp
6138 | exp '/' exp
6139 | NUM
6140 ;
6141 useless: STR;
6142 %%
6143 @end example
6144
6145 @command{bison} reports:
6146
6147 @example
6148 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6149 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6150 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6151 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6152 @end example
6153
6154 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6155 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6156 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6157 interpretation is the same.
6158
6159 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6160 to precedence and/or associativity:
6161
6162 @example
6163 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6164 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6165 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6166 @exdent @dots{}
6167 @end example
6168
6169 @noindent
6170 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6171
6172 @example
6173 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6174 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6175 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6176 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6177 @end example
6178
6179 @noindent
6180 @cindex token, useless
6181 @cindex useless token
6182 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6183 @cindex useless nonterminal
6184 @cindex rule, useless
6185 @cindex useless rule
6186 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6187 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6188 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6189 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6190 below):
6191
6192 @example
6193 Useless nonterminals:
6194 useless
6195
6196 Terminals which are not used:
6197 STR
6198
6199 Useless rules:
6200 #6 useless: STR;
6201 @end example
6202
6203 @noindent
6204 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6205
6206 @example
6207 Grammar
6208
6209 Number, Line, Rule
6210 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6211 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6212 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6213 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6214 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6215 5 9 exp -> NUM
6216 @end example
6217
6218 @noindent
6219 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6220
6221 @example
6222 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6223
6224 $end (0) 0
6225 '*' (42) 3
6226 '+' (43) 1
6227 '-' (45) 2
6228 '/' (47) 4
6229 error (256)
6230 NUM (258) 5
6231
6232 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6233
6234 $accept (8)
6235 on left: 0
6236 exp (9)
6237 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6238 @end example
6239
6240 @noindent
6241 @cindex item
6242 @cindex pointed rule
6243 @cindex rule, pointed
6244 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6245 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6246 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6247 that the input cursor.
6248
6249 @example
6250 state 0
6251
6252 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6253
6254 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6255
6256 exp go to state 2
6257 @end example
6258
6259 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6260 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6261 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6262 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6263 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6264 symbol, and the look-ahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6265 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6266 look-ahead triggers a syntax error.''
6267
6268 @cindex core, item set
6269 @cindex item set core
6270 @cindex kernel, item set
6271 @cindex item set core
6272 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6273 report lists @code{NUM} as a look-ahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6274 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6275 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6276 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6277 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6278 be derived:
6279
6280 @example
6281 state 0
6282
6283 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6284 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6285 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6286 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6287 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6288 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6289
6290 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6291
6292 exp go to state 2
6293 @end example
6294
6295 @noindent
6296 In the state 1...
6297
6298 @example
6299 state 1
6300
6301 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6302
6303 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6304 @end example
6305
6306 @noindent
6307 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the look-ahead token
6308 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6309 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6310 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6311
6312 @example
6313 state 2
6314
6315 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6316 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6317 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6318 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6319 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6320
6321 $ shift, and go to state 3
6322 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6323 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6324 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6325 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6326 @end example
6327
6328 @noindent
6329 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
6330 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the look-ahead if
6331 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
6332 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
6333 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
6334 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
6335
6336 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
6337 state}:
6338
6339 @example
6340 state 3
6341
6342 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
6343
6344 $default accept
6345 @end example
6346
6347 @noindent
6348 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
6349 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
6350
6351 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
6352 the reader.
6353
6354 @example
6355 state 4
6356
6357 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
6358
6359 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6360
6361 exp go to state 8
6362
6363 state 5
6364
6365 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
6366
6367 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6368
6369 exp go to state 9
6370
6371 state 6
6372
6373 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
6374
6375 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6376
6377 exp go to state 10
6378
6379 state 7
6380
6381 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
6382
6383 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6384
6385 exp go to state 11
6386 @end example
6387
6388 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
6389 1 shift/reduce}:
6390
6391 @example
6392 state 8
6393
6394 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6395 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
6396 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6397 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6398 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6399
6400 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6401 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6402
6403 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6404 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6405 @end example
6406
6407 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the look-ahead @samp{/}:
6408 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
6409 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
6410 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
6411 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
6412 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
6413 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
6414 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
6415
6416 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
6417 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
6418 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
6419 square brackets.
6420
6421 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
6422 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
6423 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
6424 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
6425 possible, the look-ahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
6426 one such state: if the look-ahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
6427 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
6428 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
6429 look-ahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
6430 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
6431 with some set of possible look-ahead tokens. When run with
6432 @option{--report=look-ahead}, Bison specifies these look-ahead tokens:
6433
6434 @example
6435 state 8
6436
6437 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6438 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6439 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6440 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6441 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6442
6443 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6444 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6445
6446 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6447 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6448 @end example
6449
6450 The remaining states are similar:
6451
6452 @example
6453 state 9
6454
6455 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6456 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6457 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
6458 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6459 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6460
6461 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6462 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6463
6464 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
6465 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
6466
6467 state 10
6468
6469 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6470 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6471 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6472 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
6473 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6474
6475 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6476
6477 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
6478 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
6479
6480 state 11
6481
6482 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6483 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6484 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6485 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6486 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
6487
6488 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6489 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6490 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6491 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6492
6493 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6494 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6495 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6496 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6497 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
6498 @end example
6499
6500 @noindent
6501 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
6502 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
6503 @samp{*}, but also because the
6504 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
6505
6506
6507 @node Tracing
6508 @section Tracing Your Parser
6509 @findex yydebug
6510 @cindex debugging
6511 @cindex tracing the parser
6512
6513 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
6514 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
6515
6516 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
6517
6518 @table @asis
6519 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
6520 @findex YYDEBUG
6521 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
6522 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
6523 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
6524 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
6525 Prologue}).
6526
6527 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
6528 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
6529 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
6530
6531 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
6532 @findex %debug
6533 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
6534 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
6535 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
6536 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
6537 you, this is
6538 the preferred solution.
6539 @end table
6540
6541 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
6542 always possible.
6543
6544 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
6545 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
6546 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
6547 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
6548 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
6549 and @code{YYPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
6550
6551 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
6552 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
6553 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
6554 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
6555
6556 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
6557 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
6558 messages tell you these things:
6559
6560 @itemize @bullet
6561 @item
6562 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
6563
6564 @item
6565 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
6566 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
6567
6568 @item
6569 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
6570 of the state stack afterward.
6571 @end itemize
6572
6573 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
6574 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
6575 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
6576 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
6577 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
6578 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
6579 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
6580 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
6581 grammar are to blame.
6582
6583 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
6584 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
6585 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
6586 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
6587 the grammar it is working.
6588
6589 @findex YYPRINT
6590 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
6591 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
6592 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
6593 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
6594 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
6595 value (from @code{yylval}).
6596
6597 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
6598 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
6599
6600 @smallexample
6601 %@{
6602 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
6603 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
6604 %@}
6605
6606 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
6607
6608 static void
6609 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
6610 @{
6611 if (type == VAR)
6612 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
6613 else if (type == NUM)
6614 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
6615 @}
6616 @end smallexample
6617
6618 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
6619
6620 @node Invocation
6621 @chapter Invoking Bison
6622 @cindex invoking Bison
6623 @cindex Bison invocation
6624 @cindex options for invoking Bison
6625
6626 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
6627
6628 @example
6629 bison @var{infile}
6630 @end example
6631
6632 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
6633 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
6634 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
6635 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
6636 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
6637 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
6638 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
6639 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
6640 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
6641 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
6642 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
6643 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
6644
6645 For example :
6646
6647 @example
6648 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
6649 @end example
6650 @noindent
6651 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
6652
6653 @example
6654 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
6655 @end example
6656 @noindent
6657 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
6658
6659 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
6660 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
6661 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
6662
6663 @menu
6664 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
6665 in alphabetical order by short options.
6666 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
6667 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
6668 @end menu
6669
6670 @node Bison Options
6671 @section Bison Options
6672
6673 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
6674 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
6675 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
6676 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
6677 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
6678 @samp{=}.
6679
6680 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
6681 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
6682 option.
6683
6684 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
6685 @noindent
6686 Operations modes:
6687 @table @option
6688 @item -h
6689 @itemx --help
6690 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
6691
6692 @item -V
6693 @itemx --version
6694 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
6695
6696 @item --print-localedir
6697 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
6698
6699 @need 1750
6700 @item -y
6701 @itemx --yacc
6702 Equivalent to @samp{-o y.tab.c}; the parser output file is called
6703 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
6704 @file{y.tab.h}. The purpose of this option is to imitate Yacc's output
6705 file name conventions. Thus, the following shell script can substitute
6706 for Yacc, and the Bison distribution contains such a script for
6707 compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
6708
6709 @example
6710 #! /bin/sh
6711 bison -y "$@@"
6712 @end example
6713 @end table
6714
6715 @noindent
6716 Tuning the parser:
6717
6718 @table @option
6719 @item -S @var{file}
6720 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
6721 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless
6722 you are developing Bison.
6723
6724 @item -t
6725 @itemx --debug
6726 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
6727 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
6728 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
6729
6730 @item --locations
6731 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6732
6733 @item -p @var{prefix}
6734 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
6735 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified.
6736 @xref{Decl Summary}.
6737
6738 @item -l
6739 @itemx --no-lines
6740 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
6741 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
6742 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
6743 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
6744 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
6745
6746 @item -n
6747 @itemx --no-parser
6748 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6749
6750 @item -k
6751 @itemx --token-table
6752 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6753 @end table
6754
6755 @noindent
6756 Adjust the output:
6757
6758 @table @option
6759 @item -d
6760 @itemx --defines
6761 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
6762 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
6763 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6764
6765 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
6766 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
6767
6768 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
6769 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
6770 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, specify prefix to use
6771 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6772
6773 @item -r @var{things}
6774 @itemx --report=@var{things}
6775 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
6776 separated list of @var{things} among:
6777
6778 @table @code
6779 @item state
6780 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
6781 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
6782
6783 @item look-ahead
6784 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6785 each rule's look-ahead set.
6786
6787 @item itemset
6788 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6789 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
6790 @end table
6791
6792 For instance, on the following grammar
6793
6794 @item -v
6795 @itemx --verbose
6796 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, write an extra output
6797 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
6798 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6799
6800 @item -o @var{file}
6801 @itemx --output=@var{file}
6802 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
6803
6804 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
6805 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
6806
6807 @item -g
6808 Output a @acronym{VCG} definition of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
6809 automaton computed by Bison. If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the
6810 @acronym{VCG} output file will
6811 be @file{foo.vcg}.
6812
6813 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
6814 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
6815 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
6816 the output graph file.
6817 @end table
6818
6819 @node Option Cross Key
6820 @section Option Cross Key
6821
6822 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
6823 the corresponding short option.
6824
6825 @tex
6826 \def\leaderfill{\leaders\hbox to 1em{\hss.\hss}\hfill}
6827
6828 {\tt
6829 \line{ --debug \leaderfill -t}
6830 \line{ --defines \leaderfill -d}
6831 \line{ --file-prefix \leaderfill -b}
6832 \line{ --graph \leaderfill -g}
6833 \line{ --help \leaderfill -h}
6834 \line{ --name-prefix \leaderfill -p}
6835 \line{ --no-lines \leaderfill -l}
6836 \line{ --no-parser \leaderfill -n}
6837 \line{ --output \leaderfill -o}
6838 \line{ --print-localedir}
6839 \line{ --token-table \leaderfill -k}
6840 \line{ --verbose \leaderfill -v}
6841 \line{ --version \leaderfill -V}
6842 \line{ --yacc \leaderfill -y}
6843 }
6844 @end tex
6845
6846 @ifinfo
6847 @example
6848 --debug -t
6849 --defines=@var{defines-file} -d
6850 --file-prefix=@var{prefix} -b @var{file-prefix}
6851 --graph=@var{graph-file} -d
6852 --help -h
6853 --name-prefix=@var{prefix} -p @var{name-prefix}
6854 --no-lines -l
6855 --no-parser -n
6856 --output=@var{outfile} -o @var{outfile}
6857 --print-localedir
6858 --token-table -k
6859 --verbose -v
6860 --version -V
6861 --yacc -y
6862 @end example
6863 @end ifinfo
6864
6865 @node Yacc Library
6866 @section Yacc Library
6867
6868 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
6869 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
6870 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
6871 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
6872 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
6873 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
6874 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
6875
6876 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
6877 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
6878
6879 @example
6880 int yyerror (char const *);
6881 @end example
6882
6883 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
6884 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
6885 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
6886
6887 @example
6888 int yyparse (void);
6889 @end example
6890
6891 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
6892
6893 @node C++ Language Interface
6894 @chapter C++ Language Interface
6895
6896 @menu
6897 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
6898 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
6899 @end menu
6900
6901 @node C++ Parsers
6902 @section C++ Parsers
6903
6904 @menu
6905 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
6906 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
6907 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
6908 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
6909 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
6910 @end menu
6911
6912 @node C++ Bison Interface
6913 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
6914 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
6915 @c - Always pure
6916 @c - initial action
6917
6918 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To select
6919 it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc} to
6920 Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
6921 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several
6922 files:
6923 @table @file
6924 @item position.hh
6925 @itemx location.hh
6926 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
6927 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
6928
6929 @item stack.hh
6930 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
6931
6932 @item @var{file}.hh
6933 @itemx @var{file}.cc
6934 The declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class.
6935 @var{file} is the name of the output file. It follows the same
6936 rules as with regular C parsers.
6937
6938 Note that @file{@var{file}.hh} is @emph{mandatory}, the C++ cannot
6939 work without the parser class declaration. Therefore, you must either
6940 pass @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
6941 @samp{%defines} directive.
6942 @end table
6943
6944 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
6945 for a complete and accurate documentation.
6946
6947 @node C++ Semantic Values
6948 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
6949 @c - No objects in unions
6950 @c - YSTYPE
6951 @c - Printer and destructor
6952
6953 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
6954 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
6955 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
6956 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
6957 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
6958 @itemize @minus
6959 @item
6960 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
6961 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
6962 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
6963 @item
6964 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
6965 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
6966 to such objects are allowed.
6967 @end itemize
6968
6969 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
6970 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
6971 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
6972 Symbols}.
6973
6974
6975 @node C++ Location Values
6976 @subsection C++ Location Values
6977 @c - %locations
6978 @c - class Position
6979 @c - class Location
6980 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
6981
6982 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
6983 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
6984 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
6985 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
6986 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
6987
6988 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
6989 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
6990 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
6991 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
6992 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}.
6993 @end deftypemethod
6994
6995 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
6996 The line, starting at 1.
6997 @end deftypemethod
6998
6999 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7000 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
7001 @end deftypemethod
7002
7003 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
7004 The column, starting at 0.
7005 @end deftypemethod
7006
7007 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7008 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
7009 @end deftypemethod
7010
7011 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7012 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7013 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7014 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7015 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
7016 @end deftypemethod
7017
7018 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
7019 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
7020 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
7021 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
7022 @end deftypemethod
7023
7024 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
7025 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7026 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7027 @end deftypemethod
7028
7029 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7030 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7031 Advance the @code{end} position.
7032 @end deftypemethod
7033
7034 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
7035 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7036 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7037 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7038 @end deftypemethod
7039
7040 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7041 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7042 @end deftypemethod
7043
7044
7045 @node C++ Parser Interface
7046 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7047 @c - define parser_class_name
7048 @c - Ctor
7049 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7050 @c debug_stream.
7051 @c - Reporting errors
7052
7053 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7054 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7055 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7056 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7057 this class is detailled below. It can be extended using the
7058 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7059 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7060 additional argument for its constructor.
7061
7062 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7063 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7064 The types for semantics value and locations.
7065 @end defcv
7066
7067 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7068 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7069 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7070 @end deftypemethod
7071
7072 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7073 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7074 @end deftypemethod
7075
7076 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7077 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7078 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7079 @code{std::cerr}.
7080 @end deftypemethod
7081
7082 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7083 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7084 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7085 or non-zero, full tracing.
7086 @end deftypemethod
7087
7088 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7089 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7090 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7091 described by @var{m}.
7092 @end deftypemethod
7093
7094
7095 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7096 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7097 @c - prefix for yylex.
7098 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7099 @c - %lex-param
7100
7101 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7102 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7103 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7104
7105 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7106 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7107 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7108 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7109 @end deftypemethod
7110
7111
7112 @node A Complete C++ Example
7113 @section A Complete C++ Example
7114
7115 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7116 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7117 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7118 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7119 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7120 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7121 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7122 actually easier to interface with.
7123
7124 @menu
7125 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7126 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7127 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7128 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7129 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7130 @end menu
7131
7132 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7133 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7134
7135 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7136 expression, possibily preceded by variable assignments. An
7137 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7138 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7139 of valid input follows.
7140
7141 @example
7142 three := 3
7143 seven := one + two * three
7144 seven * seven
7145 @end example
7146
7147 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7148 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7149 @c - An env
7150 @c - A place to store error messages
7151 @c - A place for the result
7152
7153 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7154 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7155 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7156 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7157 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7158 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7159 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7160
7161 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7162 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7163 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
7164 class.
7165
7166 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7167 @example
7168 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7169 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7170 # include <string>
7171 # include <map>
7172 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7173 @end example
7174
7175
7176 @noindent
7177 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7178 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7179 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7180 factor both as follows.
7181
7182 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7183 @example
7184 // Announce to Flex the prototype we want for lexing function, ...
7185 # define YY_DECL \
7186 int yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
7187 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
7188 calcxx_driver& driver)
7189 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7190 YY_DECL;
7191 @end example
7192
7193 @noindent
7194 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7195 members.
7196
7197 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7198 @example
7199 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7200 class calcxx_driver
7201 @{
7202 public:
7203 calcxx_driver ();
7204 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7205
7206 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7207
7208 int result;
7209 @end example
7210
7211 @noindent
7212 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7213 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7214 members.
7215
7216 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7217 @example
7218 // Handling the scanner.
7219 void scan_begin ();
7220 void scan_end ();
7221 bool trace_scanning;
7222 @end example
7223
7224 @noindent
7225 Similarly for the parser itself.
7226
7227 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7228 @example
7229 // Handling the parser.
7230 void parse (const std::string& f);
7231 std::string file;
7232 bool trace_parsing;
7233 @end example
7234
7235 @noindent
7236 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7237 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7238 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7239 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7240
7241 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7242 @example
7243 // Error handling.
7244 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7245 void error (const std::string& m);
7246 @};
7247 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7248 @end example
7249
7250 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7251 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7252 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7253 messages and set error state.
7254
7255 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7256 @example
7257 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7258 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7259
7260 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7261 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7262 @{
7263 variables["one"] = 1;
7264 variables["two"] = 2;
7265 @}
7266
7267 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7268 @{
7269 @}
7270
7271 void
7272 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7273 @{
7274 file = f;
7275 scan_begin ();
7276 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7277 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7278 parser.parse ();
7279 scan_end ();
7280 @}
7281
7282 void
7283 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7284 @{
7285 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7286 @}
7287
7288 void
7289 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7290 @{
7291 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7292 @}
7293 @end example
7294
7295 @node Calc++ Parser
7296 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7297
7298 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
7299 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7300 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton
7301 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
7302 the grammar for.
7303
7304 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7305 @example
7306 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
7307 %require "2.1a"
7308 %defines
7309 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
7310 @end example
7311
7312 @noindent
7313 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
7314 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
7315 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
7316 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
7317 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
7318 use a forward declaration of the driver.
7319
7320 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7321 @example
7322 %@{
7323 # include <string>
7324 class calcxx_driver;
7325 %@}
7326 @end example
7327
7328 @noindent
7329 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
7330 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
7331 global variables.
7332
7333 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7334 @example
7335 // The parsing context.
7336 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7337 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7338 @end example
7339
7340 @noindent
7341 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
7342 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
7343 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
7344 automatically propagated.
7345
7346 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7347 @example
7348 %locations
7349 %initial-action
7350 @{
7351 // Initialize the initial location.
7352 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
7353 @};
7354 @end example
7355
7356 @noindent
7357 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
7358 error messages.
7359
7360 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7361 @example
7362 %debug
7363 %error-verbose
7364 @end example
7365
7366 @noindent
7367 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
7368 them.
7369
7370 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7371 @example
7372 // Symbols.
7373 %union
7374 @{
7375 int ival;
7376 std::string *sval;
7377 @};
7378 @end example
7379
7380 @noindent
7381 The code between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} after the introduction of the
7382 @samp{%union} is output in the @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed
7383 knowledge about the driver.
7384
7385 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7386 @example
7387 %@{
7388 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7389 %@}
7390 @end example
7391
7392
7393 @noindent
7394 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
7395 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
7396 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
7397 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
7398 avoid name clashes.
7399
7400 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7401 @example
7402 %token END 0 "end of file"
7403 %token ASSIGN ":="
7404 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
7405 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
7406 %type <ival> exp "expression"
7407 @end example
7408
7409 @noindent
7410 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
7411 @code{%destructor}.
7412
7413 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7414 @example
7415 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
7416 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
7417
7418 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
7419 @end example
7420
7421 @noindent
7422 The grammar itself is straightforward.
7423
7424 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7425 @example
7426 %%
7427 %start unit;
7428 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
7429
7430 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
7431 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
7432
7433 assignment: "identifier" ":=" exp @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; @};
7434
7435 %left '+' '-';
7436 %left '*' '/';
7437 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
7438 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
7439 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
7440 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
7441 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; @}
7442 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
7443 %%
7444 @end example
7445
7446 @noindent
7447 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
7448 driver.
7449
7450 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7451 @example
7452 void
7453 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
7454 const std::string& m)
7455 @{
7456 driver.error (l, m);
7457 @}
7458 @end example
7459
7460 @node Calc++ Scanner
7461 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
7462
7463 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
7464 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
7465
7466 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7467 @example
7468 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
7469 # include <cstdlib>
7470 # include <errno.h>
7471 # include <limits.h>
7472 # include <string>
7473 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7474 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7475 %@}
7476 @end example
7477
7478 @noindent
7479 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
7480 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
7481 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
7482 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
7483
7484 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7485 @example
7486 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
7487 @end example
7488
7489 @noindent
7490 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
7491
7492 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7493 @example
7494 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
7495 int [0-9]+
7496 blank [ \t]
7497 @end example
7498
7499 @noindent
7500 The following paragraph suffices to track locations acurately. Each
7501 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
7502 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
7503 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
7504 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
7505 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
7506 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
7507
7508 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7509 @example
7510 %@{
7511 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
7512 %@}
7513 %%
7514 %@{
7515 yylloc->step ();
7516 %@}
7517 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
7518 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
7519 @end example
7520
7521 @noindent
7522 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
7523 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
7524 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
7525 @code{token::identifier} for isntance.
7526
7527 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7528 @example
7529 %@{
7530 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
7531 %@}
7532
7533 [-+*/] return yytext[0];
7534 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
7535 @{int@} @{
7536 errno = 0;
7537 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
7538 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
7539 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
7540 yylval->ival = n;
7541 return token::NUMBER;
7542 @}
7543 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
7544 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
7545 %%
7546 @end example
7547
7548 @noindent
7549 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
7550 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
7551
7552 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7553 @example
7554 void
7555 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
7556 @{
7557 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
7558 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
7559 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
7560 @}
7561
7562 void
7563 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
7564 @{
7565 fclose (yyin);
7566 @}
7567 @end example
7568
7569 @node Calc++ Top Level
7570 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
7571
7572 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
7573
7574 @comment file: calc++.cc
7575 @example
7576 #include <iostream>
7577 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7578
7579 int
7580 main (int argc, char *argv[])
7581 @{
7582 calcxx_driver driver;
7583 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
7584 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
7585 driver.trace_parsing = true;
7586 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
7587 driver.trace_scanning = true;
7588 else
7589 @{
7590 driver.parse (*argv);
7591 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
7592 @}
7593 @}
7594 @end example
7595
7596 @c ================================================= FAQ
7597
7598 @node FAQ
7599 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
7600 @cindex frequently asked questions
7601 @cindex questions
7602
7603 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
7604 are addressed.
7605
7606 @menu
7607 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
7608 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
7609 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
7610 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
7611 @end menu
7612
7613 @node Memory Exhausted
7614 @section Memory Exhausted
7615
7616 @display
7617 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
7618 message. What can I do?
7619 @end display
7620
7621 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
7622 ,Recursive Rules}.
7623
7624 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
7625 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
7626
7627 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
7628 following typical questions:
7629
7630 @display
7631 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
7632 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
7633 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
7634 @end display
7635
7636 @noindent
7637 or
7638
7639 @display
7640 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
7641 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
7642 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
7643 @end display
7644
7645 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
7646 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
7647 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
7648 demonstration, consider the following source file,
7649 @file{first-line.l}:
7650
7651 @verbatim
7652 %{
7653 #include <stdio.h>
7654 #include <stdlib.h>
7655 %}
7656 %%
7657 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
7658 %%
7659 int
7660 yyparse (char const *file)
7661 {
7662 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
7663 if (!yyin)
7664 exit (2);
7665 /* One token only. */
7666 yylex ();
7667 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
7668 exit (3);
7669 return 0;
7670 }
7671
7672 int
7673 main (void)
7674 {
7675 yyparse ("input");
7676 yyparse ("input");
7677 return 0;
7678 }
7679 @end verbatim
7680
7681 @noindent
7682 If the file @file{input} contains
7683
7684 @verbatim
7685 input:1: Hello,
7686 input:2: World!
7687 @end verbatim
7688
7689 @noindent
7690 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
7691
7692 @example
7693 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
7694 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
7695 $ @kbd{./first-line}
7696 input:1: Hello,
7697 input:2: World!
7698 @end example
7699
7700 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
7701 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
7702 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
7703 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
7704 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
7705 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
7706 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
7707 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
7708 input buffers.
7709
7710 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
7711 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
7712 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
7713 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
7714
7715 @node Strings are Destroyed
7716 @section Strings are Destroyed
7717
7718 @display
7719 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
7720 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
7721 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
7722 @end display
7723
7724 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
7725 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
7726 of scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
7727
7728 @verbatim
7729 %{
7730 #include <stdio.h>
7731 char *yylval = NULL;
7732 %}
7733 %%
7734 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
7735 \n /* IGNORE */
7736 %%
7737 int
7738 main ()
7739 {
7740 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
7741 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
7742 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
7743 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
7744 return 0;
7745 }
7746 @end verbatim
7747
7748 If you compile and run this code, you get:
7749
7750 @example
7751 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7752 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7753 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7754 "one
7755 two", "two"
7756 @end example
7757
7758 @noindent
7759 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
7760 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
7761 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
7762 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
7763 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
7764 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
7765
7766 @example
7767 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7768 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7769 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7770 "two", "two"
7771 @end example
7772
7773
7774 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
7775 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
7776
7777 @display
7778 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
7779 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
7780 @end display
7781
7782 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
7783 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
7784 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
7785 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
7786 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
7787 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
7788 execute simple instructions one after the others.
7789
7790 @cindex abstract syntax tree
7791 @cindex @acronym{AST}
7792 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
7793 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
7794 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
7795 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
7796 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
7797 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
7798 compiler.
7799
7800 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
7801 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
7802
7803
7804
7805 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
7806
7807 @node Table of Symbols
7808 @appendix Bison Symbols
7809 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
7810 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
7811
7812 @deffn {Variable} @@$
7813 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
7814 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
7815 @end deffn
7816
7817 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
7818 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
7819 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
7820 @end deffn
7821
7822 @deffn {Variable} $$
7823 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
7824 @xref{Actions}.
7825 @end deffn
7826
7827 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
7828 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
7829 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
7830 @end deffn
7831
7832 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
7833 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
7834 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
7835 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
7836 @end deffn
7837
7838 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
7839 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
7840 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
7841 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
7842 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
7843 Grammar}.
7844 @end deffn
7845
7846 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
7847 Comment delimiters, as in C.
7848 @end deffn
7849
7850 @deffn {Delimiter} :
7851 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
7852 Grammar Rules}.
7853 @end deffn
7854
7855 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
7856 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
7857 @end deffn
7858
7859 @deffn {Delimiter} |
7860 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
7861 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
7862 @end deffn
7863
7864 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
7865 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
7866 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
7867 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
7868 @end deffn
7869
7870 @deffn {Directive} %debug
7871 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7872 @end deffn
7873
7874 @ifset defaultprec
7875 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
7876 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
7877 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
7878 Precedence}.
7879 @end deffn
7880 @end ifset
7881
7882 @deffn {Directive} %defines
7883 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
7884 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7885 @end deffn
7886
7887 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
7888 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
7889 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
7890 @end deffn
7891
7892 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
7893 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
7894 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
7895 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7896 @end deffn
7897
7898 @deffn {Symbol} $end
7899 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
7900 used in the grammar.
7901 @end deffn
7902
7903 @deffn {Symbol} error
7904 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
7905 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
7906 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
7907 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
7908 token @code{error} becomes the current look-ahead token. Actions
7909 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the look-ahead
7910 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
7911 @xref{Error Recovery}.
7912 @end deffn
7913
7914 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
7915 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
7916 when @code{yyerror} is called.
7917 @end deffn
7918
7919 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
7920 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
7921 Summary}.
7922 @end deffn
7923
7924 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
7925 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
7926 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7927 @end deffn
7928
7929 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
7930 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
7931 @end deffn
7932
7933 @deffn {Directive} %left
7934 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
7935 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
7936 @end deffn
7937
7938 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
7939 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
7940 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
7941 for Pure Parsers}.
7942 @end deffn
7943
7944 @deffn {Directive} %merge
7945 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
7946 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
7947 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
7948 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7949 @end deffn
7950
7951 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
7952 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7953 @end deffn
7954
7955 @ifset defaultprec
7956 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
7957 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
7958 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
7959 Precedence}.
7960 @end deffn
7961 @end ifset
7962
7963 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
7964 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
7965 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7966 @end deffn
7967
7968 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
7969 Bison declaration to assign non-associativity to token(s).
7970 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
7971 @end deffn
7972
7973 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
7974 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
7975 Summary}.
7976 @end deffn
7977
7978 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
7979 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
7980 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
7981 Function @code{yyparse}}.
7982 @end deffn
7983
7984 @deffn {Directive} %prec
7985 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
7986 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
7987 @end deffn
7988
7989 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
7990 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
7991 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
7992 @end deffn
7993
7994 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
7995 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
7996 Require a Version of Bison}.
7997 @end deffn
7998
7999 @deffn {Directive} %right
8000 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
8001 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8002 @end deffn
8003
8004 @deffn {Directive} %start
8005 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
8006 Start-Symbol}.
8007 @end deffn
8008
8009 @deffn {Directive} %token
8010 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
8011 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
8012 @end deffn
8013
8014 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
8015 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
8016 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8017 @end deffn
8018
8019 @deffn {Directive} %type
8020 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
8021 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
8022 @end deffn
8023
8024 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
8025 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
8026 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
8027 @code{error}.
8028 @end deffn
8029
8030 @deffn {Directive} %union
8031 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
8032 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
8033 @end deffn
8034
8035 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
8036 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
8037 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
8038 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
8039 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8040 @end deffn
8041
8042 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
8043 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
8044 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
8045 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8046 @end deffn
8047
8048 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
8049 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a look-ahead
8050 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8051 @end deffn
8052
8053 @deffn {Variable} yychar
8054 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the current
8055 look-ahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
8056 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
8057 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8058 @end deffn
8059
8060 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
8061 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
8062 look-ahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8063 @end deffn
8064
8065 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
8066 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
8067 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8068 @end deffn
8069
8070 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
8071 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
8072 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
8073 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8074 @end deffn
8075
8076 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
8077 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
8078 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8079 @end deffn
8080
8081 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
8082 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
8083 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
8084 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
8085 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8086 @end deffn
8087
8088 @deffn {Function} yyerror
8089 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
8090 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
8091 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8092 @end deffn
8093
8094 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
8095 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
8096 to request verbose, specific error message strings
8097 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
8098 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
8099 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
8100 @end deffn
8101
8102 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
8103 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
8104 @xref{Memory Management}.
8105 @end deffn
8106
8107 @deffn {Function} yylex
8108 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
8109 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
8110 @code{yylex}}.
8111 @end deffn
8112
8113 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
8114 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
8115 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. he use of this
8116 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
8117 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8118 @end deffn
8119
8120 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
8121 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
8122 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8123 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8124 @code{yylex}.) You can ignore this variable if you don't use the
8125 @samp{@@} feature in the grammar actions. @xref{Token Locations,
8126 ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
8127 @end deffn
8128
8129 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
8130 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
8131 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
8132 @end deffn
8133
8134 @deffn {Variable} yylval
8135 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
8136 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8137 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8138 @code{yylex}.) @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
8139 @end deffn
8140
8141 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
8142 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
8143 Management}.
8144 @end deffn
8145
8146 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
8147 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
8148 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
8149 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8150 @end deffn
8151
8152 @deffn {Function} yyparse
8153 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
8154 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8155 @end deffn
8156
8157 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
8158 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
8159 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
8160 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
8161 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8162 @end deffn
8163
8164 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
8165 Macro whose value indicates whether the parser is recovering from a
8166 syntax error. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8167 @end deffn
8168
8169 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
8170 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
8171 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
8172 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
8173 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
8174 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
8175 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
8176
8177 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
8178 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
8179 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
8180 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
8181 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
8182 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
8183 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
8184 @end deffn
8185
8186 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
8187 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
8188 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
8189 @end deffn
8190
8191 @node Glossary
8192 @appendix Glossary
8193 @cindex glossary
8194
8195 @table @asis
8196 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
8197 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
8198 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
8199 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
8200 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8201
8202 @item Context-free grammars
8203 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
8204 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
8205 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
8206 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
8207 Grammars}.
8208
8209 @item Dynamic allocation
8210 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
8211 compile time or on entry to a function.
8212
8213 @item Empty string
8214 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
8215 character string of length zero.
8216
8217 @item Finite-state stack machine
8218 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
8219 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
8220 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
8221 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
8222 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
8223 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8224
8225 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
8226 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
8227 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
8228 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
8229 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
8230 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
8231 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
8232 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
8233
8234 @item Grouping
8235 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
8236 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
8237 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8238
8239 @item Infix operator
8240 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
8241 performs some operation.
8242
8243 @item Input stream
8244 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
8245
8246 @item Language construct
8247 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
8248 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
8249 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8250
8251 @item Left associativity
8252 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
8253 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
8254 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
8255
8256 @item Left recursion
8257 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
8258 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8259 Rules}.
8260
8261 @item Left-to-right parsing
8262 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
8263 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8264
8265 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
8266 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
8267 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
8268
8269 @item Lexical tie-in
8270 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
8271 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
8272
8273 @item Literal string token
8274 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
8275
8276 @item Look-ahead token
8277 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead
8278 Tokens}.
8279
8280 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
8281 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
8282 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
8283 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
8284
8285 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
8286 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
8287 look-ahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
8288
8289 @item Nonterminal symbol
8290 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
8291 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
8292 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
8293
8294 @item Parser
8295 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
8296 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
8297 analyzer.
8298
8299 @item Postfix operator
8300 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
8301 performs some operation.
8302
8303 @item Reduction
8304 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
8305 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
8306 Parser Algorithm}.
8307
8308 @item Reentrant
8309 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
8310 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
8311 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8312
8313 @item Reverse polish notation
8314 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
8315
8316 @item Right recursion
8317 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
8318 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8319 Rules}.
8320
8321 @item Semantics
8322 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
8323 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
8324 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
8325
8326 @item Shift
8327 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
8328 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
8329 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8330
8331 @item Single-character literal
8332 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
8333 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
8334
8335 @item Start symbol
8336 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
8337 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
8338 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
8339 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
8340
8341 @item Symbol table
8342 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
8343 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
8344 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
8345
8346 @item Syntax error
8347 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
8348 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8349
8350 @item Token
8351 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
8352 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
8353 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
8354 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
8355
8356 @item Terminal symbol
8357 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
8358 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
8359 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8360 @end table
8361
8362 @node Copying This Manual
8363 @appendix Copying This Manual
8364
8365 @menu
8366 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
8367 @end menu
8368
8369 @include fdl.texi
8370
8371 @node Index
8372 @unnumbered Index
8373
8374 @printindex cp
8375
8376 @bye
8377
8378 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
8379 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
8380 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
8381 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
8382 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
8383 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
8384 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
8385 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
8386 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
8387 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
8388 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
8389 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
8390 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
8391 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
8392 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
8393 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
8394 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
8395 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs
8396 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
8397 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
8398 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
8399 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
8400 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
8401 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm VCG notype
8402 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
8403 @c LocalWords: YYPRINTF infile ypp yxx outfile itemx vcg tex leaderfill
8404 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
8405 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
8406 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex